am-utils.texi revision 131702
1\input texinfo          @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@c
3@c Copyright (c) 1997-2004 Erez Zadok
4@c Copyright (c) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
5@c Copyright (c) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
6@c Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
7@c All rights reserved.
8@c
9@c This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
10@c Jan-Simon Pendry at Imperial College, London.
11@c
12@c Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13@c modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
14@c are met:
15@c 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
16@c    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17@c 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
18@c    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
19@c    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
20@c 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
21@c    must display the following acknowledgment:
22@c      This product includes software developed by the University of
23@c      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
24@c 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
25@c    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
26@c    without specific prior written permission.
27@c
28@c THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
29@c ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
30@c IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
31@c ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
32@c FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
33@c DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
34@c OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
35@c HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
36@c LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
37@c OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
38@c
39@c      %W% (Berkeley) %G%
40@c
41@c $Id: am-utils.texi,v 1.21.2.32 2004/01/21 04:04:58 ib42 Exp $
42@c
43@setfilename am-utils.info
44
45@include version.texi
46
47@c info directory entry
48@direntry
49* Am-utils: (am-utils).          The Amd automounter suite of utilities
50@end direntry
51
52@settitle Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities)
53@setchapternewpage odd
54
55@titlepage
56@title Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities)
57@subtitle For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
58
59@author Erez Zadok
60(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)
61
62@page
63Copyright @copyright{} 1997-2004 Erez Zadok
64@*
65Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
66@*
67Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
68@*
69Copyright @copyright{} 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
70@sp
71All Rights Reserved.
72@vskip 1ex
73Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as
74necessary for use of this software is granted provided this
75copyright notice and statement of permission are included.
76@end titlepage
77@page
78
79@c Define a new index for options.
80@syncodeindex pg cp
81@syncodeindex vr cp
82
83@ifinfo
84
85@c ################################################################
86@node Top, License, , (DIR)
87
88@b{Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) User Manual}
89@*
90For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
91
92@b{Erez Zadok}
93@*
94(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)
95
96Copyright @copyright{} 1997-2004 Erez Zadok
97@*
98Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
99@*
100Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
101@*
102Copyright @copyright{} 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
103@*
104All Rights Reserved.
105
106Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as
107necessary for use of this software is granted provided this
108copyright notice and statement of permission are included.
109
110Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd
111automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and
112other tools.  This Info file describes how to use and understand the
113tools within Am-utils.
114@end ifinfo
115
116@menu
117* License::                  Explains the terms and conditions for using
118                             and distributing Am-utils.
119* Distrib::                  How to get the latest Am-utils distribution.
120* Intro::                    An introduction to Automounting concepts.
121* History::                  History of am-utils' development.
122* Overview::                 An overview of Amd.
123* Supported Platforms::      Machines and Systems supported by Amd.
124* Mount Maps::               Details of mount maps
125* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained. 
126* Filesystem Types::         The different mount types supported by Amd.
127* Amd Configuration File::   The amd.conf file syntax and meaning.
128* Run-time Administration::  How to start, stop and control Amd.
129* FSinfo::                   The FSinfo filesystem management tool.
130* Hlfsd::                    The Home-Link Filesystem server.
131* Assorted Tools::           Other tools which come with am-utils.
132* Examples::                 Some examples showing how Amd might be used.
133* Internals::                Implementation details.
134* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes
135
136Indexes
137* Index::                    An item for each concept.
138@end menu
139
140@iftex
141@unnumbered Preface
142
143This manual documents the use of the 4.4BSD automounter tool suite,
144which includes @i{Amd}, @i{Amq}, @i{Hlfsd}, and other programs.  This is
145primarily a reference manual.  While no tutorial exists, there are
146examples available.  @xref{Examples}.
147
148This manual comes in two forms: the published form and the Info form.
149The Info form is for on-line perusal with the INFO program which is
150distributed along with GNU texinfo package (a version of which is
151available for GNU Emacs).@footnote{GNU packages can be found in
152@url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/}.}  Both forms contain substantially
153the same text and are generated from a common source file, which is
154distributed with the @i{Am-utils} source.
155@end iftex
156
157@c ################################################################
158@node License, Distrib, Top, Top
159@unnumbered License
160@cindex License Information
161
162@i{Am-utils} is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are
163restrictions on its distribution.
164
165Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
166modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
167met:
168
169@enumerate
170
171@item
172Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
173this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
174
175@item
176Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
177notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
178documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
179
180@item
181All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
182must display the following acknowledgment:
183
184@cartouche
185``This product includes software developed by the University of
186California, Berkeley and its contributors, as well as the Trustees of
187Columbia University.''
188@end cartouche
189
190@item
191Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may
192be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
193without specific prior written permission.
194
195@end enumerate
196
197THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
198ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
199IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
200PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS
201BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
202CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
203SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
204INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
205CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
206ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
207THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
208
209@c ################################################################
210@node Distrib, Intro, License, Top
211@unnumbered Source Distribution
212@cindex Source code distribution
213@cindex Obtaining the source code
214
215The @i{Am-utils} home page is located in
216@example
217@url{http://www.am-utils.org/}
218@end example
219
220You can get the latest distribution version of @i{Am-utils} from
221@example
222@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz}
223@end example
224
225Additional alpha, beta, and release distributions are available in
226@example
227@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/}.
228@end example
229
230Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution.
231
232Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part
233of the BSD network version 2 distribution
234
235Revision 6.0 was made independently by
236@email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez Zadok} at the Computer Science
237Department of @uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Columbia University},
238as part of his
239@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/research/tp/thesis_proposal.html,PhD
240thesis work}.  Am-utils (especially version 6.1) continues to be
241developed and maintained at the
242@uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/,Computer Science Department} of
243@uref{http://www.stonybrook.edu/,Stony Brook University}, as a service
244to the user community.
245
246@xref{History}, for more details.
247
248@unnumberedsec Bug Reports
249@cindex Bug reports
250
251Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the
252@uref{http://www.am-utils.org/BUGS.txt,bugs} file.
253Send all bug reports to @email{am-utils@@am-utils.org}
254quoting the details of the release and your configuration.  These can be
255obtained by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  It would greatly help if
256you could provide a reproducible procedure for detecting the bug you are
257reporting.
258
259Providing working patches is highly encouraged.  Every patch
260incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in
261the @uref{http://www.am-utils.org/AUTHORS.txt,authors
262file}.
263
264@unnumberedsec Mailing Lists
265@cindex Mailing lists
266
267There are several mailing lists for people interested in keeping up-to-date
268with developments.
269
270@c ###############
271
272@enumerate
273
274@item
275The users mailing list, @samp{am-utils} is for
276
277@itemize @minus
278@item
279announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils
280@item
281reporting of bugs and patches
282@item
283discussions of new features for am-utils
284@item
285implementation and porting issues
286@end itemize
287
288To subscribe, visit
289@url{http://lists.am-utils.org/mailman/listinfo/am-utils}.  After
290subscribing, you can post a message to this list at
291@email{am-utils@@am-utils.org}.  To avoid as much spam as
292possible, only subscribers to this list may post to it.
293
294Subscribers of @samp{am-utils} are most helpful if they have the time
295and resources to test new and development versions of amd, on as many
296different platforms as possible.  They should also be prepared to
297learn and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool packages, as
298needed; and of course, become familiar with the complex code in the
299am-utils package.  In other words, subscribers on this list should
300hopefully be able to contribute meaningfully to the development of
301amd.
302
303Note that this @samp{am-utils} list used to be called @samp{amd-dev}
304before January 1st, 2004.  Please use the new name, @samp{am-utils}.
305
306@item
307The announcements mailing list, @samp{am-utils-announce} is for
308announcements only (mostly new releases).  To subscribe, visit
309@url{http://lists.am-utils.org/mailman/listinfo/am-utils-announce}.
310This list is read-only: only am-utils developers may post to it.
311
312@item
313We distribute nightly CVS snapshots in
314@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/snapshots/daily/}.  If you
315like to get email notices of commits to the am-utils CVS repository,
316subscribe to the CVS logs mailing list, @samp{am-utils-cvs} at
317@url{http://lists.am-utils.org/mailman/listinfo/am-utils-cvs}.
318
319@item
320The older list which was used to user discussions, @samp{amd-workers},
321is defunct as of January 2004.  (Its last address was
322@email{amd-workers@@majordomo.glue.umd.edu}.)  Don't use
323@samp{amd-workers}: use the newer, more active @samp{am-utils} list.
324
325@item
326For completeness, there's a developers-only closed list called
327@samp{am-utils-developers@@am-utils.org}.
328
329@end enumerate
330
331@unnumberedsec Am-utils Book
332@cindex Am-utils book
333@cindex Amd book
334@cindex Automounter book
335@cindex book
336
337@email{ezk@@cs.sunysb.edu,Erez Zadok} wrote a
338@uref{http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/amd-book/,book}, titled @i{Linux NFS and
339Automounter Administration}, ISBN 0-7821-2739-8, (Sybex, 2001).  The
340book is full of details and examples that go beyond what this manual
341has.  The book also covers NFS in great detail.  Although the book is
342geared toward Linux users, it is general enough for any Unix
343administrator and contains specific sections for non-Linux systems.
344
345@c ################################################################
346@node Intro, History, Distrib, Top
347@unnumbered Introduction
348@cindex Introduction
349
350An @dfn{automounter} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.
351Filesystems are mounted on demand when they are first referenced,
352and unmounted after a period of inactivity.
353
354@i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter.  The choice
355of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with
356@dfn{selectors}.  Selectors allow decisions of the form ``hostname is
357@var{this},'' or ``architecture is not @var{that}.''  Selectors may be
358combined arbitrarily.  @i{Amd} also supports a variety of filesystem
359types, including NFS, UFS and the novel @dfn{program} filesystem.  The
360combination of selectors and multiple filesystem types allows identical
361configuration files to be used on all machines thus reducing the
362administrative overhead.
363
364@i{Amd} ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down.
365Moreover, @i{Amd} can determine when a remote server has become
366inaccessible and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they
367become available.
368
369@i{Amd} contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to
370numerous flavors of Unix.
371
372@c ################################################################
373@node History, Overview, Intro, Top
374@unnumbered History
375@cindex History
376
377The @i{Amd} package has been without an official maintainer since 1992.
378Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially.  Most
379notable were the `upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of @i{Amd},
380created by me (@email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez Zadok}), and available from
381@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/amd/}.  The last such unofficial
382release was `upl102'.
383
384Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and more
385apparent that @i{Amd} was in much need of revitalizing.  Maintaining
386@i{Amd} had become a difficult task.  I took it upon myself to cleanup
387the code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new
388features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the
389never ending stream of bug reports.
390
391I have been working on such a release of @i{Amd} on and off since
392January of 1996.  The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils"
393(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting
394the contents of the package.  In October of 1996 I had received enough
395offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list
396for this group of people.  Around the same time, @i{Amd} had become a
397necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed
398on am-utils.
399
400Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to
401distinguish it from the last official release of @i{Amd} (5.x).  Many
402new features have been added such as a GNU @code{configure} system, NFS
403Version 3, a run-time configuration file (`amd.conf'), many new ports,
404more scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug fixes.  Another
405reason for the new major release number was to alert users of am-utils
406that user-visible interfaces may have changed.  In order to make @i{Amd}
407work well for the next 10 years, and be easier to maintain, it was
408necessary to remove old or unused features, change various syntax files,
409etc.  However, great care was taken to ensure the maximum possible
410backwards compatibility.
411
412@c ################################################################
413@node Overview, Supported Platforms, History, Top
414@chapter Overview
415
416@i{Amd} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems are
417@dfn{demand-mounted} when they are first referenced, and unmounted after
418a period of inactivity.  @i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's
419@b{automount}(8) program.  It contains no proprietary source code and
420has been ported to numerous flavors of Unix.  @xref{Supported
421Platforms}.@refill
422
423@i{Amd} was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem
424layout and management.  Although @i{Amd} has many direct applications it
425is loaded with additional features which have little practical use.  At
426some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline
427the production system.
428
429@c @i{Amd} supports the notion of @dfn{replicated} filesystems by evaluating
430@c each member of a list of possible filesystem locations in parallel.
431@c @i{Amd} checks that each cached mapping remains valid.  Should a mapping be
432@c lost -- such as happens when a fileserver goes down -- @i{Amd} automatically
433@c selects a replacement should one be available.
434@c
435@menu
436* Fundamentals::
437* Filesystems and Volumes::
438* Volume Naming::
439* Volume Binding::
440* Operational Principles::
441* Mounting a Volume::
442* Automatic Unmounting::
443* Keep-alives::
444* Non-blocking Operation::
445@end menu
446
447@node Fundamentals, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview, Overview
448@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
449@section Fundamentals
450@cindex Automounter fundamentals
451
452The fundamental concept behind @i{Amd} is the ability to separate the
453name used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical
454storage location.  This allows the same files to be accessed with the
455same name regardless of where in the network the name is used.  This is
456very different from placing @file{/n/hostname} in front of the pathname
457since that includes location dependent information which may change if
458files are moved to another machine.
459
460By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered database,
461filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to
462configuration files, shell scripts and so on.
463
464@node Filesystems and Volumes, Volume Naming, Fundamentals, Overview
465@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
466@section Filesystems and Volumes
467@cindex Filesystem
468@cindex Volume
469@cindex Fileserver
470@cindex sublink
471
472@i{Amd} views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or
473more filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more
474@dfn{volumes}.  Here the term @dfn{volume} is used to refer to a
475coherent set of files such as a user's home directory or a @TeX{}
476distribution.@refill
477
478In order to access the contents of a volume, @i{Amd} must be told in
479which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem.
480By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to
481be the entire filesystem.  If a filesystem contains more than one
482volume, then a @dfn{sublink} is used to refer to the sub-directory
483within the filesystem where the volume can be found.
484
485@node Volume Naming, Volume Binding, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview
486@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
487@section Volume Naming
488@cindex Volume names
489@cindex Network-wide naming
490@cindex Replicated volumes
491@cindex Duplicated volumes
492@cindex Replacement volumes
493
494Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network.  A
495volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users
496of that volume.  Since this name uniquely identifies the volume
497contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject
498to administrative controls.
499
500Volumes may be replicated or duplicated.  Replicated volumes contain
501identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in
502the network.  Each of the replicated volumes can be used
503interchangeably.  Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain
504different, though functionally identical, data.  For example,
505@samp{/vol/tex} might be the name of a @TeX{} distribution which varied
506for each machine architecture.@refill
507
508@i{Amd} provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and
509duplicated volumes.  Configuration options allow a single set of
510configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking
511advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes.
512
513@i{Amd} can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as
514required should an active fileserver become unavailable.
515
516@node Volume Binding, Operational Principles, Volume Naming, Overview
517@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
518@section Volume Binding
519@cindex Volume binding
520@cindex Unix namespace
521@cindex Namespace
522@cindex Binding names to filesystems
523
524Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems.  Two
525forms of binding between names and files are provided.  A @dfn{hard
526link} completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem.  A
527@dfn{soft link} delays the binding until the name is accessed.  An
528@dfn{automounter} adds a further form in which the binding of name to
529filesystem is delayed until the name is accessed.@refill
530
531The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem,
532sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume
533in the network.
534
535When a target is referenced, @i{Amd} ignores the sublink element and
536determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted.  This is
537done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking
538for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place.  If such a
539filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally
540identical to the target filesystem.  By default there is a one-to-one
541mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so
542this assumption is valid.
543
544@node Operational Principles, Mounting a Volume, Volume Binding, Overview
545@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
546@section Operational Principles
547@cindex Operational principles
548
549@i{Amd} operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace.
550These are called @dfn{automount} points.  The kernel sees these
551automount points as NFS filesystems being served by @i{Amd}.  Having
552attached itself to the namespace, @i{Amd} is now able to control the
553view the rest of the system has of those mount points.  RPC calls are
554received from the kernel one at a time.
555
556When a @dfn{lookup} call is received @i{Amd} checks whether the name is
557already known.  If it is not, the required volume is mounted.  A
558symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned.  Once the
559symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests
560direct to the mounted filesystem.
561
562If a volume is not yet mounted, @i{Amd} consults a configuration
563@dfn{mount-map} corresponding to the automount point.  @i{Amd} then
564makes a runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based
565on the information obtained from the map.
566
567@i{Amd} does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant
568to name binding such as @dfn{lookup}, @dfn{readlink} and @dfn{readdir}.
569Some other calls are also implemented but most simply return an error
570code; for example @dfn{mkdir} always returns ``read-only filesystem''.
571
572@node Mounting a Volume, Automatic Unmounting, Operational Principles, Overview
573@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
574@section Mounting a Volume
575@cindex Mounting a volume
576@cindex Location lists
577@cindex Alternate locations
578@cindex Mount retries
579@cindex Background mounts
580
581Each automount point has a corresponding mount map.  The mount map
582contains a list of key--value pairs.  The key is the name of the volume
583to be mounted.  The value is a list of locations describing where the
584filesystem is stored in the network.  In the source for the map the
585value would look like
586
587@display
588location1  location2  @dots{}  locationN
589@end display
590
591@i{Amd} examines each location in turn.  Each location may contain
592@dfn{selectors} which control whether @i{Amd} can use that location.
593For example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts.
594Those locations which cannot be used are ignored.
595
596@i{Amd} attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining
597location until a mount succeeds or @i{Amd} can no longer proceed.  The
598latter can occur in three ways:
599
600@itemize @bullet
601@item
602If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations
603caused an error, then the last error is returned.
604
605@item
606If a location could be used but was being mounted in the background then
607@i{Amd} marks that mount as being ``in progress'' and continues with
608the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel.
609
610@item
611Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been @dfn{deferred}.  A mount
612is deferred if extra information is required before the mount can
613proceed.  When the information becomes available the mount will take
614place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to the kernel.  If the
615mount is deferred, @i{Amd} continues to try any remaining locations.
616@end itemize
617
618Once a volume has been mounted, @i{Amd} establishes a @dfn{volume
619mapping} which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.@refill
620
621@node Automatic Unmounting, Keep-alives, Mounting a Volume, Overview
622@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
623@section Automatic Unmounting
624
625To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, @i{Amd} removes
626volume mappings which have not been used recently.  A time-to-live
627interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the
628mapping is removed.  When the last reference to a filesystem is removed,
629that filesystem is unmounted.  If the unmount fails, for example the
630filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its
631time-to-live interval is extended.  The global default for this grace
632period is controlled by the @code{-w} command-line option (@pxref{-w
633Option, -w}) or the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{dismount_interval}
634(@pxref{dismount_interval Parameter}).  It is also possible to set this
635value on a per-mount basis (@pxref{opts Option, opts, opts}).
636
637Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the @i{Amq} command.
638@xref{Run-time Administration}.
639
640@node Keep-alives, Non-blocking Operation, Automatic Unmounting, Overview
641@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
642@section Keep-alives
643@cindex Keep-alives
644@cindex Server crashes
645@cindex NFS ping
646
647Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on
648another machine.  If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to
649processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable.  However,
650to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this
651event is important.  This situation is most widely recognized when an
652NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that
653more and more processes hang.  In order to provide the possibility of
654recovery, @i{Amd} implements a @dfn{keep-alive} interval timer for some
655filesystem types.  Currently only NFS makes use of this service.
656
657The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation that
658most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as
659manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on.  If
660one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of
661the others as a replacement.
662
663The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers are
664up and which are down.  @i{Amd} does this by sending RPC requests to the
665servers' NFS @code{NullProc} and checking whether a reply is returned.
666While the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at
667three second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts
668the server is marked down.  If a reply is received the fileserver is
669marked up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another
670NFS ping is sent.
671
672Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every 30
673seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up.  During
674this time any reference through @i{Amd} to the filesystems on that
675server fail with the error ``Operation would block''.  If a replacement
676volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is
677returned to the user.
678
679@c @i{Amd} keeps track of which servers are up and which are down.
680@c It does this by sending RPC requests to the servers' NFS {\sc NullProc} and
681@c checking whether a reply is returned.  If no replies are received after a
682@c short period, @i{Amd} marks the fileserver @dfn{down}.
683@c RPC requests continue to be sent so that it will notice when a fileserver
684@c comes back up.
685@c ICMP echo packets \cite{rfc:icmp} are not used because it is the availability
686@c of the NFS service that is important, not the existence of a base kernel.
687@c Whenever a reference to a fileserver which is down is made via @i{Amd}, an alternate
688@c filesystem is mounted if one is available.
689@c
690Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on
691the network, or processes which do not access files via @i{Amd} or
692already have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new
693processes from hanging.
694@c
695@c With a suitable combination of filesystem management and mount-maps,
696@c machines can be protected against most server downtime.  This can be
697@c enhanced by allocating boot-servers dynamically which allows a diskless
698@c workstation to be quickly restarted if necessary.  Once the root filesystem
699@c is mounted, @i{Amd} can be started and allowed to mount the remainder of
700@c the filesystem from whichever fileservers are available.
701
702@node Non-blocking Operation, , Keep-alives, Overview
703@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
704@section Non-blocking Operation
705@cindex Non-blocking operation
706@cindex Multiple-threaded server
707@cindex RPC retries
708
709Since there is only one instance of @i{Amd} for each automount point,
710and usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it
711is always available to service kernel calls.  @i{Amd} goes to great
712lengths to ensure that it does not block in a system call.  As a last
713resort @i{Amd} will fork before it attempts a system call that may block
714indefinitely, such as mounting an NFS filesystem.  Other tasks such as
715obtaining filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a
716purpose built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with
717@i{Amd}'s task scheduler.  This library is also used to implement NFS
718keep-alives (@pxref{Keep-alives}).
719
720Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, @i{Amd} must wait for it
721to complete before replying to the kernel.  However, this would cause
722@i{Amd} to block waiting for a reply to be constructed.  Rather than do
723this, @i{Amd} simply @dfn{drops} the call under the assumption that the
724kernel RPC mechanism will automatically retry the request.
725
726@c ################################################################
727@node Supported Platforms, Mount Maps, Overview, Top
728@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
729@chapter Supported Platforms
730@cindex Supported Platforms
731@cindex shared libraries
732@cindex NFS V.3 support
733
734@i{Am-utils} has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating
735systems.  @i{Am-utils}'s code works for little-endian and big-endian
736machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures.  Furthermore, when
737@i{Am-utils} ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is generally
738readily portable to the same Operating System on all platforms on which
739it is available.
740
741The table below lists those platforms supported by the latest release.
742The listing is based on the standard output from GNU's
743@code{config.guess} script.  Since significant changes have been made to
744am-utils, not all systems listed here have been verified working for all
745features.
746
747@multitable {Auto-Configured System Name} {Config} {Compile} {Amd} {NFS3} {Shlib} {Hlfsd}
748@c @multitable @columnfractions .5 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
749
750@item @b{Auto-Configured System Name}
751@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
752@tab @b{Config} @tab @b{Compile} @tab @b{Amd} @tab @b{NFS3} @tab @b{Shlib} @tab @b{Hlfsd}
753
754@item @b{alpha-dec-osf2.1}
755@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
756@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?     @tab no   @tab ?
757
758@item @b{alpha-dec-osf4.0}
759@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
760@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
761
762@item @b{alpha-dec-osf4.0f}
763@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
764@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
765
766@item @b{alpha-dec-osf5.1}
767@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
768@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
769
770@item @b{alphaev5-unknown-linux-gnu}
771@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
772@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
773
774@item @b{alphaev5-unknown-linux-gnu-rh5.2}
775@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
776@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
777
778@item @b{alphaev6-dec-osf5.0}
779@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
780@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
781
782@item @b{hppa1.0-hp-hpux11.00}
783@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
784@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab no    @tab yes  @tab yes
785
786@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux10.10}
787@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
788@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab ?
789
790@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux10.20}
791@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
792@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab no    @tab no   @tab ?
793
794@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux11.00}
795@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
796@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab UDP    @tab yes  @tab yes
797
798@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.01}
799@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
800@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
801
802@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.05}
803@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
804@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
805
806@item @b{hppa1.1-hp-hpux9.07}
807@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
808@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
809
810@item @b{hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.00}
811@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
812@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
813
814@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi2.1}
815@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
816@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab ?
817
818@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi3.0}
819@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
820@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab no   @tab ?
821
822@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi3.1}
823@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
824@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab no   @tab ?
825
826@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi4.0}
827@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
828@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
829
830@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi4.0.1}
831@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
832@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
833
834@item @b{i386-pc-bsdi4.1}
835@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
836@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
837
838@item @b{i386-pc-linux-rh7.2}
839@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
840@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
841
842@item @b{i386-pc-solaris2.5.1}
843@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
844@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
845
846@item @b{i386-pc-solaris2.6}
847@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
848@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
849
850@item @b{i386-pc-solaris2.7}
851@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
852@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
853
854@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.1.0}
855@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
856@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab ?    @tab ?
857
858@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.2.1}
859@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
860@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
861
862@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.2.6}
863@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
864@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
865
866@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.2.7}
867@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
868@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
869
870@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd2.2.8}
871@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
872@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
873
874@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd3.0}
875@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
876@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
877
878@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd4.2}
879@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
880@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
881
882@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd4.4}
883@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
884@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
885
886@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsd5.0}
887@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
888@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
889
890@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf3.0}
891@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
892@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
893
894@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf3.1}
895@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
896@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
897
898@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf3.2}
899@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
900@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
901
902@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf3.3}
903@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
904@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
905
906@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf3.4}
907@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
908@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
909
910@item @b{i386-unknown-freebsdelf4.0}
911@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
912@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
913
914@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.2.1}
915@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
916@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
917
918@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3}
919@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
920@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
921
922@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3.1}
923@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
924@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
925
926@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3.2}
927@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
928@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
929
930@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.3.3}
931@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
932@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
933
934@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.4}
935@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
936@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
937
938@item @b{i386-unknown-netbsd1.4.1}
939@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
940@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
941
942@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.1}
943@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
944@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
945
946@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.2}
947@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
948@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
949
950@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.3}
951@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
952@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
953
954@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.4}
955@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
956@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
957
958@item @b{i386-unknown-openbsd2.5}
959@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
960@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
961
962@item @b{i486-ncr-sysv4.3.03}
963@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
964@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab ?    @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
965
966@item @b{i486-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.0}
967@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
968@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
969
970@item @b{i486-pc-linux-gnulibc1}
971@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
972@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
973
974@item @b{i486-pc-linux-gnulibc1-rh4.2}
975@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
976@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
977
978@item @b{i486-pc-linux-gnuoldld}
979@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
980@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
981
982@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnu}
983@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
984@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
985
986@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnu-rh5.2}
987@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
988@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
989
990@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.0}
991@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
992@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
993
994@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.1}
995@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
996@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
997
998@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.2}
999@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1000@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1001
1002@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnulibc1}
1003@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1004@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1005
1006@item @b{i586-pc-linux-gnulibc1-rh4.2}
1007@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1008@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1009
1010@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnu}
1011@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1012@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1013
1014@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnu-rh5.2}
1015@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1016@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1017
1018@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.0}
1019@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1020@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1021
1022@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnu-rh6.2}
1023@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1024@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab yes
1025
1026@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnulibc}
1027@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1028@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1029
1030@item @b{i686-pc-linux-gnulibc1}
1031@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1032@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1033
1034@item @b{ia64-hp-hpux11.20}
1035@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1036@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1037
1038@item @b{ia64-unknown-linux-rh2.1AS}
1039@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1040@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1041
1042@item @b{ia64-unknown-linux-rh2.1AW}
1043@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1044@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1045
1046@item @b{ia64-unknown-linux-rh7.1}
1047@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1048@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1049
1050@item @b{ia64-unknown-linux-rh7.2}
1051@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1052@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1053
1054@item @b{m68k-hp-hpux9.00}
1055@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1056@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab ?    @tab ?
1057
1058@item @b{m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1}
1059@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1060@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab ?
1061
1062@item @b{m68k-next-nextstep3}
1063@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1064@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no   @tab ?
1065
1066@item @b{mips-dec-ultrix4.3}
1067@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1068@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab ?    @tab ?
1069
1070@item @b{mips-sgi-irix5.2}
1071@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1072@tab ?       @tab ?     @tab ?    @tab ?     @tab ?    @tab ?
1073
1074@item @b{mips-sgi-irix5.3}
1075@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1076@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1077
1078@item @b{mips-sgi-irix6.2}
1079@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1080@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1081
1082@item @b{mips-sgi-irix6.4}
1083@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1084@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1085
1086@item @b{mips-sgi-irix6.5}
1087@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1088@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes    @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1089
1090@item @b{powerpc-ibm-aix4.1.5.0}
1091@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1092@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no/broken @tab ?
1093
1094@item @b{powerpc-ibm-aix4.2.1.0}
1095@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1096@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab no/broken @tab ?
1097
1098@item @b{powerpc-ibm-aix4.3.1.0}
1099@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1100@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab ?    @tab yes   @tab ?    @tab ?
1101
1102@item @b{powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu}
1103@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1104@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1105
1106@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix3.2}
1107@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1108@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab ?    @tab ?
1109
1110@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5}
1111@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1112@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab ?    @tab ?
1113
1114@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix4.1.4.0}
1115@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1116@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no/broken @tab ?
1117
1118@item @b{rs6000-ibm-aix4.1.5.0}
1119@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1120@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab no/broken @tab ?
1121
1122@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.3}
1123@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1124@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1125
1126@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.4}
1127@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1128@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1129
1130@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.5}
1131@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1132@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1133
1134@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.5.1}
1135@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1136@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1137
1138@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.6}
1139@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1140@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1141
1142@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.7}
1143@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1144@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1145
1146@item @b{sparc-sun-solaris2.8}
1147@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1148@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes
1149
1150@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1}
1151@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1152@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1153
1154@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3}
1155@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1156@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1157
1158@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3C}
1159@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1160@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1161
1162@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3_U1}
1163@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1164@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1165
1166@item @b{sparc-sun-sunos4.1.4}
1167@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1168@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1169
1170@item @b{sparc-unknown-linux-gnulibc1}
1171@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1172@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1173
1174@item @b{sparc-unknown-netbsd1.2E}
1175@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1176@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?     @tab ?    @tab ?
1177
1178@item @b{sparc-unknown-netbsd1.2G}
1179@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1180@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?     @tab ?    @tab ?
1181
1182@item @b{sparc64-unknown-linux-gnu}
1183@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1184@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab n/a   @tab yes  @tab ?
1185
1186@item @b{sparc64-unknown-linux-suse7.3}
1187@c {Config}  {Compile}  {Amd}     {NFS V.3}  {Shlib}   {Hlfsd}
1188@tab yes     @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab yes   @tab yes  @tab ?
1189
1190@end multitable
1191
1192See the @file{INSTALL} in the distribution for more specific details on
1193building and/or configuring for some systems.
1194
1195@c ################################################################
1196@node Mount Maps, Amd Command Line Options, Supported Platforms, Top
1197@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1198@chapter Mount Maps
1199@cindex Mount maps
1200@cindex Automounter configuration maps
1201@cindex Mount information
1202
1203@i{Amd} has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems.
1204External @dfn{mount-maps} are used to provide the required information.
1205Specifically, @i{Amd} needs to know when and under what conditions it
1206should mount filesystems.
1207
1208The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of
1209possible locations from which to resolve the request.  Each location
1210specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for
1211example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some
1212information describing where to mount the filesystem (@pxref{fs Option}).  A
1213location may also contain @dfn{selectors} (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill
1214
1215@menu
1216* Map Types::
1217* Key Lookup::
1218* Location Format::
1219@end menu
1220
1221@node Map Types, Key Lookup, Mount Maps, Mount Maps
1222@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1223@section Map Types
1224@cindex Mount map types
1225@cindex Map types
1226@cindex Configuration map types
1227@cindex Types of mount map
1228@cindex Types of configuration map
1229@cindex Determining the map type
1230
1231A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to @i{Amd}.
1232Maps can be implemented in many ways.  Some of the forms supported by
1233@i{Amd} are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the @dfn{Hesiod}
1234name server, and even the password file.
1235
1236A mount-map @dfn{name} is a sequence of characters.  When an automount
1237point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained.  For each map
1238type configured, @i{Amd} attempts to reference the map of the
1239appropriate type.  If a map is found, @i{Amd} notes the type for future
1240use and deletes the reference, for example closing any open file
1241descriptors.  The available maps are configured when @i{Amd} is built
1242and can be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.
1243
1244When using an @i{Amd} configuration file (@pxref{Amd Configuration File})
1245and the keyword @samp{map_type} (@pxref{map_type Parameter}), you may
1246force the map used to any type.
1247
1248By default, @i{Amd} caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map.
1249This is the same as specifying @samp{cache:=mapdefault} and selects a
1250suitable default cache mode depending on the map type.  The individual
1251defaults are described below.  The @var{cache} option can be specified
1252on automount points to alter the caching behavior (@pxref{Automount
1253Filesystem}).@refill
1254
1255The following map types have been implemented, though some are not
1256available on all machines.  Run the command @samp{amd -v} to obtain a
1257list of map types configured on your machine.
1258
1259@menu
1260* File maps::
1261* ndbm maps::
1262* NIS maps::
1263* NIS+ maps::
1264* Hesiod maps::
1265* Password maps::
1266* Union maps::
1267* LDAP maps::
1268@end menu
1269
1270@node File maps, ndbm maps, Map Types, Map Types
1271@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1272@subsection File maps
1273@cindex File maps
1274@cindex Flat file maps
1275@cindex File map syntactic conventions
1276
1277When @i{Amd} searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of
1278the file and supports both comments and continuation lines.
1279
1280Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character (@samp{\}) as
1281the last character of a line in the file.  The backslash, newline character
1282@emph{and any leading white space on the following line} are discarded.  A maximum
1283line length of 2047 characters is enforced after continuation lines are read
1284but before comments are stripped.  Each line must end with
1285a newline character; that is newlines are terminators, not separators.
1286The following examples illustrate this:
1287
1288@example
1289key     valA   valB;   \
1290          valC
1291@end example
1292
1293specifies @emph{three} locations, and is identical to
1294
1295@example
1296key     valA   valB;   valC
1297@end example
1298
1299However,
1300
1301@example
1302key     valA   valB;\
1303          valC
1304@end example
1305
1306specifies only @emph{two} locations, and is identical to
1307
1308@example
1309key     valA   valB;valC
1310@end example
1311
1312After a complete line has been read from the file, including
1313continuations, @i{Amd} determines whether there is a comment on the
1314line.  A comment begins with a hash (``@samp{#}'') character and
1315continues to the end of the line.  There is no way to escape or change
1316the comment lead-in character.
1317
1318Note that continuation lines and comment support @dfn{only} apply to
1319file maps, or ndbm maps built with the @code{mk-amd-map} program.
1320
1321When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of
1322@code{all} (@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).
1323
1324@node ndbm maps, NIS maps, File maps, Map Types
1325@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1326@subsection ndbm maps
1327@cindex ndbm maps
1328
1329An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map.  The program,
1330@code{mk-amd-map}, converts a normal map file into an ndbm database.
1331This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that
1332are provided for file maps.  Note that ndbm format files may @emph{not}
1333be sharable across machine architectures.  The notion of speed generally
1334only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block,
1335is almost certainly better implemented as a file map.
1336
1337ndbm maps have a default cache mode of @samp{all} (@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).
1338
1339@node NIS maps, NIS+ maps, ndbm maps, Map Types
1340@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1341@subsection NIS maps
1342@cindex NIS (YP) maps
1343
1344When using NIS (formerly YP), an @i{Amd} map is implemented directly
1345by the underlying NIS map.  Comments and continuation lines are
1346@emph{not} supported in the automounter and must be stripped when
1347constructing the NIS server's database.
1348
1349NIS maps have a default cache mode of @code{all} (@pxref{Automount
1350Filesystem}).
1351
1352The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS @file{Makefile},
1353in this case causing the @file{amd.home} map to be rebuilt:
1354@example
1355$(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home
1356    -@@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \
1357      awk '@{  \
1358         for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \
1359             if (i == NF) @{ \
1360             if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \
1361                 printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \
1362             else \
1363                 printf("%s\n", $$i); \
1364             @} \
1365             else \
1366             printf("%s ", $$i); \
1367         @}' | \
1368    $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \
1369    touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \
1370    echo "updated amd.home"; \
1371    if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \
1372        $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \
1373        echo "pushed amd.home"; \
1374    else \
1375        : ; \
1376    fi
1377@end example
1378
1379Here @code{$(YPTSDIR)} contains the time stamp files, and @code{$(YPDBDIR)} contains
1380the dbm format NIS files.
1381
1382@node NIS+ maps, Hesiod maps, NIS maps, Map Types
1383@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1384@subsection NIS+ maps
1385@cindex NIS+ maps
1386
1387NIS+ maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is
1388enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc}.
1389
1390XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE.
1391
1392@node Hesiod maps, Password maps, NIS+ maps, Map Types
1393@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1394@subsection Hesiod maps
1395@cindex Hesiod maps
1396
1397When the map name begins with the string @samp{hesiod.} lookups are made
1398using the @dfn{Hesiod} name server.  The string following the dot is
1399used as a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located.
1400The entire string is then resolved in the @code{automount} context, or
1401the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{hesiod_base} (@pxref{hesiod_base
1402Parameter}).  For example, if the key is @samp{jsp} and map name is
1403@samp{hesiod.homes} then @dfn{Hesiod} is asked to resolve
1404@samp{jsp.homes.automount}.
1405
1406Hesiod maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is
1407enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc} (@pxref{Automount
1408Filesystem}).
1409
1410The following is an example of a @dfn{Hesiod} map entry:
1411
1412@example
1413jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp"
1414njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw"
1415@end example
1416
1417@node Password maps, Union maps, Hesiod maps, Map Types
1418@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1419@subsection Password maps
1420@cindex Password file maps
1421@cindex /etc/passwd maps
1422@cindex User maps, automatic generation
1423@cindex Automatic generation of user maps
1424@cindex Using the password file as a map
1425
1426The password map support is unlike the four previous map types.  When
1427the map name is the string @file{/etc/passwd} @i{Amd} can lookup a user
1428name in the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to
1429produce a usable map entry.
1430
1431@i{Amd} assumes the home directory has the format
1432`@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{dom1}@t{/../}@i{domN}@t{/}@i{login}'.
1433@c @footnote{This interpretation is not necessarily exactly what you want.}
1434It breaks this string into a map entry where @code{$@{rfs@}} has the
1435value `@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{domN}', @code{$@{rhost@}} has the value
1436`@i{domN}@t{.}@i{...}@t{.}@i{dom1}', and @code{$@{sublink@}} has the
1437value @i{login}.@refill
1438
1439Thus if the password file entry was
1440
1441@example
1442/home/achilles/jsp
1443@end example
1444
1445the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be
1446
1447@example
1448rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp
1449@end example
1450
1451Similarly, if the password file entry was
1452
1453@example
1454/home/cc/sugar/mjh
1455@end example
1456
1457the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be 
1458
1459@example
1460rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=jsp
1461@end example
1462
1463@node Union maps, LDAP maps , Password maps, Map Types
1464@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1465@subsection Union maps
1466@cindex Union file maps
1467
1468The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union
1469filesystem, @pxref{Union Filesystem}.
1470
1471It is identified by the string @samp{union:} which is followed by a
1472colon separated list of directories.  The directories are read in order,
1473and the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache.  Later
1474directories take precedence over earlier ones.  The union filesystem
1475type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all
1476the directories.
1477
1478@node LDAP maps, , Union maps, Map Types
1479@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1480@subsection LDAP maps
1481@cindex LDAP maps
1482@cindex Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
1483
1484LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache
1485mode @samp{all} and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode
1486of @samp{inc}.
1487
1488For example, an @i{Amd} map @samp{amd.home} that looks as follows:
1489
1490@example
1491/defaults    opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
1492
1493zing         -rhost:=shekel \
1494             host==shekel \
1495             host!=shekel;type:=nfs
1496@end example
1497@noindent
1498when converted to LDAP (@pxref{amd2ldif}), will result in the following
1499LDAP database:
1500@example
1501$ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home
1502dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS
1503cn             : amdmap timestamp
1504objectClass    : amdmapTimestamp
1505amdmapTimestamp: 873071363
1506
1507dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS
1508cn          : amdmap amd.home[/defaults]
1509objectClass : amdmap
1510amdmapName  : amd.home
1511amdmapKey   : /defaults
1512amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
1513
1514dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS
1515cn          : amdmap amd.home[]
1516objectClass : amdmap
1517amdmapName  : amd.home
1518amdmapKey   : 
1519amdmapValue : 
1520
1521dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS
1522cn          : amdmap amd.home[zing]
1523objectClass : amdmap
1524amdmapName  : amd.home
1525amdmapKey   : zing
1526amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs
1527@end example
1528
1529@c subsection Gdbm
1530
1531@node Key Lookup, Location Format, Map Types, Mount Maps
1532@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1533@section How keys are looked up
1534@cindex Key lookup
1535@cindex Map lookup
1536@cindex Looking up keys
1537@cindex How keys are looked up
1538@cindex Wildcards in maps
1539
1540The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the
1541automount point was first created.  In general the key is a pathname
1542component.  In some circumstances this may be modified by variable
1543expansion (@pxref{Variable Expansion}) and prefixing.  If the automount
1544point has a prefix, specified by the @var{pref} option, then that is
1545prepended to the search key before the map is searched.
1546
1547If the map cache is a @samp{regexp} cache then the key is treated as an
1548egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is
1549made.
1550
1551If the key cannot be found then a @dfn{wildcard} match is attempted.
1552@i{Amd} repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends @samp{/*} and
1553attempts a lookup.  Finally, @i{Amd} attempts to locate the special key @samp{*}.
1554
1555For example, the following sequence would be checked if @file{home/dylan/dk2} was
1556being located:
1557
1558@example
1559   home/dylan/dk2
1560   home/dylan/*
1561   home/*
1562   *
1563@end example
1564
1565At any point when a wildcard is found, @i{Amd} proceeds as if an exact
1566match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the
1567mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel.
1568(@pxref{Filesystem Types}).@refill
1569
1570@node Location Format, , Key Lookup, Mount Maps
1571@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1572@section Location Format
1573@cindex Location format
1574@cindex Map entry format
1575@cindex How locations are parsed
1576
1577The value field from the lookup provides the information required to
1578mount a filesystem.  The information is parsed according to the syntax
1579shown below.
1580
1581@display
1582@i{location-list}:
1583                  @i{location-selection}
1584                  @i{location-list} @i{white-space} @t{||} @i{white-space} @i{location-selection}
1585@i{location-selection}:
1586                  @i{location}
1587                  @i{location-selection} @i{white-space} @i{location}
1588@i{location}:
1589                  @i{location-info}
1590                  @t{-}@i{location-info}
1591                  @t{-}
1592@i{location-info}:
1593                  @i{sel-or-opt}
1594                  @i{location-info}@t{;}@i{sel-or-opt}
1595                  @t{;}
1596@i{sel-or-opt}:
1597                  @i{selection}
1598                  @i{opt-ass}
1599@i{selection}:
1600                  selector@t{==}@i{value}
1601                  selector@t{!=}@i{value}
1602@i{opt-ass}:
1603                  option@t{:=}@i{value}
1604@i{white-space}:
1605                  space
1606                  tab
1607@end display
1608
1609Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location description.
1610White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where shown with non-terminal
1611@i{white-space}.
1612
1613A @dfn{location-selection} is a list of possible volumes with which to
1614satisfy the request.  @dfn{location-selection}s are separated by the
1615@samp{||} operator.  The effect of this operator is to prevent use of
1616location-selections to its right if any of the location-selections on
1617its left were selected whether or not any of them were successfully
1618mounted (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill
1619
1620The location-selection, and singleton @dfn{location-list},
1621@samp{type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g} would inform @i{Amd} to mount a UFS
1622filesystem from the block special device @file{/dev/xd1g}.
1623
1624The @dfn{sel-or-opt} component is either the name of an option required
1625by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined
1626selector such as the architecture type.  The value may be quoted with
1627double quotes @samp{"}, for example
1628@samp{type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"}.  These quotes are stripped when the
1629value is parsed and there is no way to get a double quote into a value
1630field.  Double quotes are used to get white space into a value field,
1631which is needed for the program filesystem (@pxref{Program Filesystem}).@refill
1632
1633@menu
1634* Map Defaults::
1635* Variable Expansion::
1636* Selectors::
1637* Map Options::
1638@end menu
1639
1640@node Map Defaults, Variable Expansion, Location Format, Location Format
1641@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1642@subsection Map Defaults
1643@cindex Map defaults
1644@cindex How to set default map parameters
1645@cindex Setting default map parameters
1646
1647A location beginning with a dash @samp{-} is used to specify default
1648values for subsequent locations.  Any previously specified defaults in
1649the location-list are discarded.  The default string can be empty in
1650which case no defaults apply.
1651
1652The location @samp{-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro} would set the local mount point
1653to @file{/mnt} and cause mounts to be read-only by default.  Defaults
1654specified this way are appended to, and so override, any global map
1655defaults given with @samp{/defaults}).
1656
1657@c
1658@c A @samp{/defaults} value @dfn{gdef} and a location list
1659@c \begin{quote}
1660@c $@samp{-}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1661@c \end{quote}
1662@c is equivalent to
1663@c \begin{quote}
1664@c $@samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1665@c \end{quote}
1666@c which is equivalent to
1667@c \begin{quote}
1668@c $@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$
1669@c \end{quote}
1670
1671@node Variable Expansion, Selectors, Map Defaults, Location Format
1672@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1673@subsection Variable Expansion
1674@cindex Variable expansion
1675@cindex How variables are expanded
1676@cindex Pathname operators
1677@cindex Domain stripping
1678@cindex Domainname operators
1679@cindex Stripping the local domain name
1680@cindex Environment variables
1681@cindex How to access environment variables in maps
1682
1683To allow generic location specifications @i{Amd} does variable expansion
1684on each location and also on some of the option strings.  Any option or
1685selector appearing in the form @code{$@dfn{var}} is replaced by the
1686current value of that option or selector.  For example, if the value of
1687@code{$@{key@}} was @samp{bin}, @code{$@{autodir@}} was @samp{/a} and
1688@code{$@{fs@}} was `@t{$@{autodir@}}@t{/local/}@t{$@{key@}}' then
1689after expansion @code{$@{fs@}} would have the value @samp{/a/local/bin}.
1690Any environment variable can be accessed in a similar way.@refill
1691
1692Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable.  If the
1693variable name begins with @samp{/} then only the last component of the
1694pathname is substituted.  For example, if @code{$@{path@}} was
1695@samp{/foo/bar} then @code{$@{/path@}} would be expanded to @samp{bar}.
1696Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{/} then all but the last
1697component of the pathname is substituted.  In the previous example,
1698@code{$@{path/@}} would be expanded to @samp{/foo}.@refill
1699
1700Two domain name operators are also provided.  If the variable name
1701begins with @samp{.} then only the domain part of the name is
1702substituted.  For example, if @code{$@{rhost@}} was
1703@samp{swan.doc.ic.ac.uk} then @code{$@{.rhost@}} would be expanded to
1704@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.  Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{.}
1705then only the host component is substituted.  In the previous example,
1706@code{$@{rhost.@}} would be expanded to @samp{swan}.@refill
1707
1708Variable expansion is a two phase process.  Before a location is parsed,
1709all references to selectors, @i{eg} @code{$@{path@}}, are expanded.  The
1710location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments
1711recorded.  If there were no selections or they all succeeded the
1712location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in
1713the order given: @var{sublink}, @var{rfs}, @var{fs}, @var{opts},
1714@var{remopts}, @var{mount} and @var{unmount}.
1715
1716Note that expansion of option values is done after @dfn{all} assignments
1717have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done
1718by the shell.  This generally has the desired effect but care must be
1719taken if one of the options references another, in which case the
1720ordering can become significant.
1721
1722There are two special cases concerning variable expansion:
1723
1724@enumerate
1725@item
1726before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received
1727from the kernel are expanded.  For example, if the request from the
1728kernel was for `@t{$@{arch@}}@t{.bin}' and the machine architecture
1729was @samp{vax}, the value given to @code{$@{key@}} would be
1730@samp{vax.bin}.@refill
1731
1732@item
1733the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} is expanded and normalized before the
1734other options are expanded.  The normalization process strips any local
1735sub-domain components.  For example, if @code{$@{domain@}} was
1736@samp{Berkeley.EDU} and @code{$@{rhost@}} was initially
1737@samp{snow.Berkeley.EDU}, after the normalization it would simply be
1738@samp{snow}.  Hostname normalization is currently done in a
1739@emph{case-dependent} manner.@refill
1740@end enumerate
1741
1742@c======================================================================
1743@node Selectors, Map Options, Variable Expansion, Location Format
1744@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1745@subsection Selectors
1746@cindex Selectors
1747
1748Selectors are used to control the use of a location.  It is possible to
1749share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem
1750location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from
1751the users.  A selector of the form @samp{arch==sun3;os==sunos4} would only
1752apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x.
1753
1754Selectors can be negated by using @samp{!=} instead of @samp{==}.  For
1755example to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector
1756@samp{arch!=vax} would be used.
1757
1758Selectors are evaluated left to right.  If a selector fails then that
1759location is ignored.  Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the
1760locations form a disjunction.  If all the locations are ignored or
1761otherwise fail then @i{Amd} uses the @dfn{error} filesystem
1762(@pxref{Error Filesystem}).  This is equivalent to having a location
1763@samp{type:=error} at the end of each mount-map entry.@refill
1764
1765The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be overridden
1766by an @i{Amd} command line switch or in an @i{Amd} configuration file.
1767@xref{Amd Configuration File}.
1768
1769The following selectors are currently implemented.
1770
1771@menu
1772* arch Selector Variable::
1773* autodir Selector Variable::
1774* byte Selector Variable::
1775* cluster Selector Variable::
1776* domain Selector Variable::
1777* dollar Selector Variable::
1778* host Selector Variable::
1779* hostd Selector Variable::
1780* karch Selector Variable::
1781* os Selector Variable::
1782* osver Selector Variable::
1783* full_os Selector Variable::
1784* vendor Selector Variable::
1785
1786* key Selector Variable::
1787* map Selector Variable::
1788* netnumber Selector Variable::
1789* network Selector Variable::
1790* path Selector Variable::
1791* wire Selector Variable::
1792* uid Selector Variable::
1793* gid Selector Variable::
1794
1795* exists Selector Function::
1796* false Selector Function::
1797* netgrp Selector Function::
1798* netgrpd Selector Function::
1799* in_network Selector Function::
1800* true Selector Function::
1801@end menu
1802
1803@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1804@node arch Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors, Selectors
1805@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1806@subsubsection arch Selector Variable
1807@cindex arch Selector Variable
1808@cindex arch, mount selector
1809@cindex Mount selector; arch
1810@cindex Selector; arch
1811
1812The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile
1813time.  The architecture type can be displayed by running the command
1814@samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported Platforms}.@refill
1815
1816@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1817@node autodir Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, arch Selector Variable, Selectors
1818@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1819@subsubsection autodir Selector Variable
1820@cindex autodir Selector Variable
1821@cindex autodir, mount selector
1822@cindex Mount selector; autodir
1823@cindex Selector; autodir
1824
1825The default directory under which to mount filesystems.  This may be
1826changed by the @code{-a} command line option.  @xref{fs Option}.
1827
1828@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1829@node byte Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors
1830@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1831@subsubsection byte Selector Variable
1832@cindex byte Selector Variable
1833@cindex byte, mount selector
1834@cindex Mount selector; byte
1835@cindex Selector; byte
1836
1837The machine's byte ordering.  This is either @samp{little}, indicating
1838little-endian, or @samp{big}, indicating big-endian.  One possible use
1839is to share @samp{rwho} databases (@pxref{rwho servers}).  Another is to
1840share ndbm databases, however this use can be considered a courageous
1841juggling act.
1842
1843@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1844@node cluster Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, Selectors
1845@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1846@subsubsection cluster Selector Variable
1847@cindex cluster Selector Variable
1848@cindex cluster, mount selector
1849@cindex Mount selector; cluster
1850@cindex Selector; cluster
1851
1852This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster.  This can
1853be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated
1854filesystems.  @code{$@{cluster@}} defaults to the value of
1855@code{$@{domain@}} unless a different value is set with the @code{-C}
1856command line option.
1857
1858@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1859@node domain Selector Variable, dollar Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, Selectors
1860@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1861@subsubsection domain Selector Variable
1862@cindex domain Selector Variable
1863@cindex domain, mount selector
1864@cindex Mount selector; domain
1865@cindex Selector; domain
1866
1867The local domain name as specified by the @code{-d} command line option.
1868@xref{host Selector Variable}.
1869
1870@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1871@node dollar Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, Selectors
1872@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1873@subsubsection dollar Selector Variable
1874@cindex dollar Selector Variable
1875
1876This is a special variable, whose sole purpose is to produce a literal
1877dollar sign in the value of another variable.  For example, if you have
1878a remote file system whose name is @samp{/disk$s}, you can mount it by
1879setting the remote file system variable as follows:
1880
1881@example
1882rfs:=/disk$@{dollar@}s
1883@end example
1884
1885@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1886@node host Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, dollar Selector Variable, Selectors
1887@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1888@subsubsection host Selector Variable
1889@cindex host Selector Variable
1890@cindex host, mount selector
1891@cindex Mount selector; host
1892@cindex Selector; host
1893
1894The local hostname as determined by @b{gethostname}(2).  If no domain
1895name was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a
1896period @samp{.} then the string before the period is used as the host
1897name, and the string after the period is assigned to @code{$@{domain@}}.
1898For example, if the hostname is @samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk} then
1899@code{host} would be @samp{styx} and @code{domain} would be
1900@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.  @code{hostd} would be
1901@samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk}.@refill
1902
1903@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1904@node hostd Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, Selectors
1905@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1906@subsubsection hostd Selector Variable
1907@cindex hostd Selector Variable
1908@cindex hostd, mount selector
1909@cindex Mount selector; hostd
1910@cindex Selector; hostd
1911
1912This resolves to the @code{$@{host@}} and @code{$@{domain@}}
1913concatenated with a @samp{.} inserted between them if required.  If
1914@code{$@{domain@}} is an empty string then @code{$@{host@}} and
1915@code{$@{hostd@}} will be identical.
1916
1917@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1918@node karch Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, Selectors
1919@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1920@subsubsection karch Selector Variable
1921@cindex karch Selector Variable
1922@cindex karch, mount selector
1923@cindex Mount selector; karch
1924@cindex Selector; karch
1925
1926This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture.  This is used on
1927SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different
1928@samp{/usr/kvm} volumes.  @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to the ``machine''
1929value gotten from @b{uname}(2).  If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not
1930available, the value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of
1931@code{$@{arch@}}.  Finally, a different value can be set with the @code{-k}
1932command line option.
1933
1934@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1935@node os Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, Selectors
1936@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1937@subsubsection os Selector Variable
1938@cindex os Selector Variable
1939@cindex os, mount selector
1940@cindex Mount selector; os
1941@cindex Selector; os
1942
1943The operating system.  Like the machine architecture, this is
1944automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
1945be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported
1946Platforms}.@refill
1947
1948@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1949@node osver Selector Variable, full_os Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, Selectors
1950@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1951@subsubsection osver Selector Variable
1952@cindex osver Selector Variable
1953@cindex osver, mount selector
1954@cindex Mount selector; osver
1955@cindex Selector; osver
1956
1957The operating system version.  Like the machine architecture, this is
1958automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
1959be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported
1960Platforms}.@refill
1961
1962@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1963@node full_os Selector Variable, vendor Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, Selectors
1964@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1965@subsubsection full_os Selector Variable
1966@cindex full_os Selector Variable
1967@cindex full_os, mount selector
1968@cindex Mount selector; full_os
1969@cindex Selector; full_os
1970
1971The full name of the operating system, including its version.  This
1972value is automatically determined at compile time.  The full operating
1973system name and version can be displayed by running the command
1974@samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported Platforms}.@refill
1975
1976@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1977@node vendor Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, full_os Selector Variable, Selectors
1978@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
1979@subsubsection vendor Selector Variable
1980@cindex vendor Selector Variable
1981@cindex vendor, mount selector
1982@cindex Mount selector; vendor
1983@cindex Selector; vendor
1984
1985The name of the vendor of the operating system.  This value is
1986automatically determined at compile time.  The name of the vendor can be
1987displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}.  @xref{Supported
1988Platforms}.@refill
1989
1990
1991@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
1992@ifhtml
1993<HR>
1994@end ifhtml
1995@sp 3
1996The following selectors are also provided.  Unlike the other selectors,
1997they vary for each lookup.  Note that when the name from the kernel is
1998expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all defined as empty
1999strings.
2000
2001@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2002@node key Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, vendor Selector Variable, Selectors
2003@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2004@subsubsection key Selector Variable
2005@cindex key Selector Variable
2006@cindex key, mount selector
2007@cindex Mount selector; key
2008@cindex Selector; key
2009
2010The name being resolved.  For example, if @file{/home} is an automount
2011point, then accessing @file{/home/foo} would set @code{$@{key@}} to the
2012string @samp{foo}.  The key is prefixed by the @var{pref} option set in
2013the parent mount point.  The default prefix is an empty string.  If the
2014prefix was @file{blah/} then @code{$@{key@}} would be set to
2015@file{blah/foo}.@refill
2016
2017@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2018@node map Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, Selectors
2019@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2020@subsubsection map Selector Variable
2021@cindex map Selector Variable
2022@cindex map, mount selector
2023@cindex Mount selector; map
2024@cindex Selector; map
2025
2026The name of the mount map being used.
2027
2028@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2029@node netnumber Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, Selectors
2030@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2031@subsubsection netnumber Selector Variable
2032@cindex netnumber Selector Variable
2033@cindex netnumber, mount selector
2034@cindex Mount selector; netnumber
2035@cindex Selector; netnumber
2036
2037This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
2038see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
2039or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
2040to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
2041the output of @samp{amd -v}.
2042
2043@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2044@node network Selector Variable, path Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, Selectors
2045@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2046@subsubsection network Selector Variable
2047@cindex network Selector Variable
2048@cindex network, mount selector
2049@cindex Mount selector; network
2050@cindex Selector; network
2051
2052This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
2053see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
2054or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
2055to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
2056the output of @samp{amd -v}.
2057
2058@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2059@node path Selector Variable, wire Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, Selectors
2060@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2061@subsubsection path Selector Variable
2062@cindex path Selector Variable
2063@cindex path, mount selector
2064@cindex Mount selector; path
2065@cindex Selector; path
2066
2067The full pathname of the name being resolved.  For example
2068@file{/home/foo} in the example above.
2069
2070@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2071@node wire Selector Variable, uid Selector Variable, path Selector Variable, Selectors
2072@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2073@subsubsection wire Selector Variable
2074@cindex wire Selector Variable
2075@cindex wire, mount selector
2076@cindex Mount selector; wire
2077@cindex Selector; wire
2078
2079This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function,
2080see @ref{in_network Selector Function}.  It will match either the name
2081or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected
2082to.  The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from
2083the output of @samp{amd -v}.
2084
2085@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2086@node uid Selector Variable, gid Selector Variable, wire Selector Variable, Selectors
2087@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2088@subsubsection uid Selector Variable
2089@cindex uid Selector Variable
2090@cindex uid, mount selector
2091@cindex Mount selector; uid
2092@cindex Selector; uid
2093
2094This selector provides the numeric effective user ID (UID) of the user
2095which last accessed an automounted path name.  This simple example shows
2096how floppy mounting can be assigned only to machine owners:
2097
2098@example
2099floppy  -type:=pcfs \
2100        uid==2301;host==shekel;dev:=/dev/floppy \
2101        uid==6712;host==titan;dev=/dev/fd0 \
2102        uid==0;dev:=/dev/fd0c \
2103        type:=error
2104@end example
2105
2106The example allows two machine owners to mount floppies on their
2107designated workstations, allows the root user to mount on any host, and
2108otherwise forces an error.
2109
2110@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2111@node gid Selector Variable, exists Selector Function, uid Selector Variable, Selectors
2112@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2113@subsubsection gid Selector Variable
2114@cindex gid Selector Variable
2115@cindex gid, mount selector
2116@cindex Mount selector; gid
2117@cindex Selector; gid
2118
2119This selector provides the numeric effective group ID (GID) of the user
2120which last accessed an automounted path name.
2121
2122@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2123@ifhtml
2124<HR>
2125@end ifhtml
2126@sp 2
2127The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument
2128@i{ARG}.  They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to
2129be compared with a value.  Each of these may be negated by prepending
2130@samp{!} to their name.
2131
2132@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2133@node exists Selector Function, false Selector Function, gid Selector Variable, Selectors
2134@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2135@subsubsection exists Selector Function
2136@cindex exists Selector Function
2137@cindex exists, boolean mount selector
2138@cindex !exists, boolean mount selector
2139@cindex Mount selector; exists
2140@cindex Selector; exists
2141
2142If the file listed by @i{ARG} exists (via @b{lstat}(2)), this function
2143evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
2144
2145@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2146@node false Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, exists Selector Function, Selectors
2147@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2148@subsubsection false Selector Function
2149@cindex false Selector Function
2150@cindex false, boolean mount selector
2151@cindex !false, boolean mount selector
2152@cindex Mount selector; false
2153@cindex Selector; false
2154
2155Always evaluates to false.  @i{ARG} is ignored.
2156
2157@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2158@node netgrp Selector Function, netgrpd Selector Function, false Selector Function, Selectors
2159@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2160@subsubsection netgrp Selector Function
2161@cindex netgrp Selector Function
2162@cindex netgrp, boolean mount selector
2163@cindex !netgrp, boolean mount selector
2164@cindex Mount selector; netgrp
2165@cindex Selector; netgrp
2166
2167If the current host as determined by the value of @code{$@{host@}}
2168(e.g., short host name) is a member of the netgroup @i{ARG}, this
2169selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
2170
2171For example, suppose you have a netgroup @samp{ppp-hosts}, and for
2172reasons of performance, these have a local @file{/home} partition, while
2173all other clients on the faster network can access a shared home
2174directory.  A common map to use for both might look like the following:
2175
2176@example
2177home/*  netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/$@{key@} \
2178        !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/remote/$@{key@}
2179@end example
2180
2181@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2182@node netgrpd Selector Function, in_network Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, Selectors
2183@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2184@subsubsection netgrpd Selector Function
2185@cindex netgrpd Selector Function
2186@cindex netgrpd, boolean mount selector
2187@cindex !netgrpd, boolean mount selector
2188@cindex Mount selector; netgrpd
2189@cindex Selector; netgrpd
2190
2191If the current host as determined by the value of @code{$@{hostd@}} is a
2192member of the netgroup @i{ARG}, this selector evaluates to true.
2193Otherwise it evaluates to false.
2194
2195The @samp{netgrpd} function uses fully-qualified host names
2196(@code{$@{hostd@}}) to match netgroup names, while the @samp{netgrp}
2197function (@pxref{netgrp Selector Function}) uses short host names
2198(@code{$@{host@}}).
2199
2200@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2201@node in_network Selector Function, true Selector Function, netgrpd Selector Function, Selectors
2202@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2203@subsubsection in_network Selector Function
2204@cindex in_network Selector Function
2205@cindex in_network, boolean mount selector
2206@cindex !in_network, boolean mount selector
2207@cindex Mount selector; in_network
2208@cindex Selector; in_network
2209
2210This selector matches against any network name or number with an
2211optional netmask.  First, if the current host has any network interface that is
2212locally attached to the network specified in @i{ARG} (either via name or
2213number), this selector evaluates to true. 
2214
2215Second, @samp{in_network} supports a network/netmask syntax such as
2216@samp{128.59.16.0/255.255.255.0}, @samp{128.59.16.0/24},
2217@samp{128.59.16.0/0xffffff00}, or @samp{128.59.16.0/}.  Using the last
2218form, @i{Amd} will match the specified network number against the
2219default netmasks of each of the locally attached interfaces.
2220
2221If the selector does not match, it evaluates to false.
2222
2223For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable
2224@file{/opt} that smaller clients can NFS mount.  The two servers are
2225say, @samp{serv1} on network @samp{foo-net.site.com} and @samp{serv2} on
2226network @samp{123.4.5.0}.  You can write a map to be used by all clients
2227that will attempt to mount the closest one as follows:
2228
2229@example
2230opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \
2231    in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \
2232    rhost:=fallback-server
2233@end example
2234
2235@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2236@node true Selector Function, , in_network Selector Function, Selectors
2237@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2238@subsubsection true Selector Function
2239@cindex true Selector Function
2240@cindex true, boolean mount selector
2241@cindex !true, boolean mount selector
2242@cindex Mount selector; true
2243@cindex Selector; true
2244
2245Always evaluates to true.  @i{ARG} is ignored.
2246
2247@c ================================================================
2248@node Map Options,  , Selectors, Location Format
2249@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2250@subsection Map Options
2251@cindex Map options
2252@cindex Setting map options
2253
2254Options are parsed concurrently with selectors.  The difference is that
2255when an option is seen the string following the @samp{:=} is
2256recorded for later use.  As a minimum the @var{type} option must be
2257specified.  Each filesystem type has other options which must also be
2258specified.  @xref{Filesystem Types}, for details on the filesystem
2259specific options.@refill
2260
2261Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported
2262as errors.
2263
2264The following options apply to more than one filesystem type.
2265
2266@menu
2267* addopts Option::
2268* delay Option::
2269* fs Option::
2270* opts Option::
2271* remopts Option::
2272* sublink Option::
2273* type Option::
2274@end menu
2275
2276@node addopts Option, delay Option, Map Options, Map Options
2277@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2278@subsubsection addopts Option
2279@cindex Setting additional options on a mount location
2280@cindex Overriding or adding options to a mount
2281@cindex addopts, mount option
2282@cindex Mount option; addopts
2283
2284This option adds additional options to default options normally
2285specified in the @samp{/defaults} entry or the defaults of the key entry
2286being processed (@pxref{opts Option}).  Normally when you specify
2287@samp{opts} in both the @samp{/defaults} and the map entry, the latter
2288overrides the former completely.  But with @samp{addopts} it will append
2289the options and override any conflicting ones.
2290
2291@samp{addopts} also overrides the value of the @samp{remopts} option
2292(@pxref{remopts Option}), which unless specified defaults to the value
2293of @samp{opts}.
2294
2295Options which start with @samp{no} will override those with the same
2296name that do not start with @samp{no} and vice verse.  Special handling
2297is given to inverted options such as @samp{soft} and @samp{hard},
2298@samp{bg} and @samp{fg}, @samp{ro} and @samp{rw}, etc.
2299
2300For example, if the default options specified were
2301@example
2302opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix
2303@end example
2304
2305and the ones specified in a map entry were
2306
2307@example
2308addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
2309@end example
2310
2311then the actual options used would be
2312
2313@example
2314wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
2315@end example
2316
2317@node delay Option, fs Option, addopts Option, Map Options
2318@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2319@subsubsection delay Option
2320@cindex Setting a delay on a mount location
2321@cindex Delaying mounts from specific locations
2322@cindex Primary server
2323@cindex Secondary server
2324@cindex delay, mount option
2325@cindex Mount option; delay
2326
2327The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the
2328current location.  Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles
2329and so on are computed regardless of this value.
2330
2331A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary
2332file servers.  The secondary servers would have a delay of a few
2333seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first.
2334
2335@node fs Option, opts Option, delay Option, Map Options
2336@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2337@subsubsection fs Option
2338@cindex Setting the local mount point
2339@cindex Overriding the default mount point
2340@cindex fs, mount option
2341@cindex Mount option; fs
2342
2343The local mount point.  The semantics of this option vary between
2344filesystems.
2345
2346For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of @code{$@{fs@}} is used as the
2347local mount point.  For other filesystem types it has other meanings
2348which are described in the section describing the respective filesystem
2349type.  It is important that this string uniquely identifies the
2350filesystem being mounted.  To satisfy this requirement, it should
2351contain the name of the host on which the filesystem is resident and the
2352pathname of the filesystem on the local or remote host.
2353
2354The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated filesystems
2355are considered.  If a fileserver goes down and a replacement filesystem
2356is mounted then the @dfn{local} mount point @dfn{must} be different from
2357that of the filesystem which is hung.  Some encoding of the filesystem
2358name is required if more than one filesystem is to be mounted from any
2359given host.
2360
2361If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a particular
2362host will be gathered below a single directory.  If that server goes
2363down then the hung mount points are less likely to be accidentally
2364referenced, for example when @b{getcwd}(3) traverses the namespace to
2365find the pathname of the current directory.
2366
2367The @samp{fs} option defaults to
2368@code{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}$@{rfs@}}.  In addition,
2369@samp{rhost} defaults to the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) and
2370@samp{rfs} defaults to the value of @code{$@{path@}}, which is the full
2371path of the requested file; @samp{/home/foo} in the example above
2372(@pxref{Selectors}).  @code{$@{autodir@}} defaults to @samp{/a} but may
2373be changed with the @code{-a} command line option.  Sun's automounter
2374defaults to @samp{/tmp_mnt}.  Note that there is no @samp{/} between
2375the @code{$@{rhost@}} and @code{$@{rfs@}} since @code{$@{rfs@}} begins
2376with a @samp{/}.@refill
2377
2378@node opts Option, remopts Option, fs Option, Map Options
2379@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2380@subsubsection opts Option
2381@cindex Setting system mount options
2382@cindex Passing parameters to the mount system call
2383@cindex mount system call
2384@cindex mount system call flags
2385@cindex The mount system call
2386@cindex opts, mount option
2387@cindex Mount option; opts
2388
2389The options to pass to the mount system call.  A leading @samp{-} is
2390silently ignored.  The mount options supported generally correspond to
2391those used by @b{mount}(8) and are listed below.  Some additional
2392pseudo-options are interpreted by @i{Amd} and are also listed.
2393
2394Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount options
2395applies.  Any options not recognized are ignored.  If no options list is
2396supplied the string @samp{rw,defaults} is used and all the system
2397default mount options apply.  Options which are not applicable for a
2398particular operating system are silently ignored.  For example, only 4.4BSD
2399is known to implement the @code{compress} and @code{spongy} options.
2400
2401@table @code
2402
2403@item acdirmax=@var{n}
2404@cindex Mount flags; acdirmax
2405Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2406
2407@item acdirmin=@var{n}
2408@cindex Mount flags; acdirmin
2409Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2410
2411@item acregmax=@var{n}
2412@cindex Mount flags; acregmax
2413Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2414
2415@item acregmin=@var{n}
2416@cindex Mount flags; acregmin
2417Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2418
2419@item actimeo=@var{n}
2420@cindex Mount flags; actimeo
2421Set the overall attribute cache timeout to @var{n}.
2422
2423@item auto
2424@cindex Mount flags; auto
2425@itemx ignore
2426@cindex Mount flags; ignore
2427Ignore this mount by @b{df}(1).
2428
2429@item cache
2430@cindex Mount flags; cache
2431Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
2432
2433@item compress
2434@cindex Mount flags; compress
2435Use NFS compression protocol.
2436
2437@item defperm
2438@cindex Mount flags; defperm
2439Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to 0555,
2440UID 0, and GID 0.  Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660.
2441
2442@item dev
2443@cindex Mount flags; dev
2444Allow local special devices on this filesystem.
2445
2446@item dumbtimr
2447@cindex Mount flags; dumbtimr
2448Turn off the dynamic retransmit timeout estimator.  This may be useful
2449for UDP mounts that exhibit high retry rates, since it is possible that
2450the dynamically estimated timeout interval is too short.
2451
2452@item extatt
2453@cindex Mount flags; extatt
2454Enable extended attributes in ISO-9660 file systems.
2455
2456@item fsid
2457@cindex Mount flags; fsid
2458Set ID of filesystem.
2459
2460@item gens
2461@cindex Mount flags; gens
2462Enable generations in ISO-9660 file systems.  Generations allow you to
2463see all versions of a given file.
2464
2465@item grpid
2466@cindex Mount flags; grpid
2467Use BSD directory group-id semantics.
2468
2469@item int
2470@cindex Mount flags; int
2471@itemx intr
2472@cindex Mount flags; intr
2473Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts.
2474
2475@item lock
2476@cindex Mount flags; lock
2477Use the NFS locking protocol (default)
2478
2479@item multi
2480@cindex Mount flags; multi
2481Perform multi-component lookup on files.
2482
2483@item maxgroups
2484@cindex Mount flags; maxgroups
2485Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount.
2486
2487@item nfsv3
2488@cindex Mount flags; nfsv3
2489Use NFS Version 3 for this mount.
2490
2491@item noac
2492@cindex Mount flags; noac
2493Turn off the attribute cache.
2494
2495@item noauto
2496@cindex Mount flags; noauto
2497This option is used by the mount command in @samp{/etc/fstab} or
2498@samp{/etc/vfstab} and means not to mount this file system when mount -a
2499is used.
2500
2501@item nocache
2502@cindex Mount flags; nocache
2503Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this
2504mount.
2505
2506@item noconn
2507@cindex Mount flags; noconn
2508Don't make a connection on datagram transports.
2509
2510@item nocto
2511@cindex Mount flags; nocto
2512No close-to-open consistency.
2513
2514@item nodefperm
2515@cindex Mount flags; nodefperm
2516Do not ignore the permission mode bits.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
2517ISO-9660.
2518
2519@item nodev
2520@cindex Mount flags; nodev
2521@itemx nodevs
2522@cindex Mount flags; nodevs
2523Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem.
2524
2525@item noexec
2526@cindex Mount flags; noexec
2527Don't allow program execution.
2528
2529@item noint
2530@cindex Mount flags; noint
2531Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount
2532
2533@item nolock
2534@cindex Mount flags; nolock
2535Do not use the NFS locking protocol
2536
2537@item nomnttab
2538@cindex Mount flags; nomnttab
2539This option is used internally to tell Amd that a Solaris 8 system using
2540mntfs is in use.
2541
2542@item norrip
2543@cindex Mount flags; norrip
2544Turn off using of the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions
2545to ISO-9660.
2546
2547@item nosub
2548@cindex Mount flags; nosub
2549Disallow mounts beneath this mount.
2550
2551@item nosuid
2552@cindex Mount flags; nosuid
2553Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem.
2554
2555@item noversion
2556@cindex Mount flags; noversion
2557Strip the extension @samp{;#} from the version string of files recorded
2558on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM.
2559
2560@item optionstr
2561@cindex Mount flags; optionstr
2562Under Solaris 8, provide the kernel a string of options to parse and
2563show as part of the special in-kernel mount file system.
2564
2565@item overlay
2566@cindex Mount flags; overlay
2567Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any.
2568
2569@item pgthresh=@var{n}
2570@cindex Mount flags; pgthresh
2571Set the paging threshold to @var{n} kilobytes.
2572
2573@item port=@var{n}
2574@cindex Mount flags; port
2575Set the NFS port to @var{n}.
2576
2577@item posix
2578@cindex Mount flags; posix
2579Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts.
2580
2581@item proplist
2582@cindex Mount flags; proplist
2583Support property lists (ACLs) for this mount, useful primarily for DU-4.0.
2584
2585@item proto=@var{s}
2586@cindex Mount flags; proto
2587Use transport protocol @var{s} for NFS (can be @code{"tcp"} or @code{"udp"}).
2588
2589@item quota
2590@cindex Mount flags; quota
2591Enable quota checking on this mount.
2592
2593@item rdonly
2594@cindex Mount flags; rdonly
2595@itemx ro
2596@cindex Mount flags; ro
2597Mount this filesystem readonly.
2598
2599@item resvport
2600@cindex Mount flags; resvport
2601Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts.  Most
2602systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on non-reserved
2603ports.   This causes problems when such a system tries to NFS mount one
2604that requires reserved ports.  It is recommended that this option always
2605be on.
2606
2607@item retrans=@i{n}
2608@cindex Mount flags; retrans
2609The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is generated by a
2610@samp{soft} mounted filesystem, and before a @samp{hard} mounted
2611filesystem reports @samp{NFS server @dfn{yoyo} not responding still
2612trying}.
2613
2614@item retry
2615@cindex Mount flags; retry
2616Set the NFS retry counter.
2617
2618@item rrip
2619@cindex Mount flags; rrip
2620Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to ISO-9660.
2621
2622@item rsize=@var{n}
2623@cindex Mount flags; rsize
2624The NFS read packet size.  You may need to set this if you are using
2625NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
2626
2627@item rw
2628@cindex Mount flags; rw
2629Allow reads and writes on this filesystem.
2630
2631@item soft
2632@cindex Mount flags; soft
2633Give up after @dfn{retrans} retransmissions.
2634
2635@item spongy
2636@cindex Mount flags; spongy
2637Like @samp{soft} for status requests, and @samp{hard} for data transfers.
2638
2639@item suid
2640@cindex Mount flags; suid
2641Allow set-uid programs on this mount.
2642
2643@item symttl
2644@cindex Mount flags; symttl
2645Turn off the symbolic link cache time-to-live.
2646
2647@item sync
2648@cindex Mount flags; sync
2649Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount.
2650
2651@item tcp
2652@cindex Mount flags; tcp
2653Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation does not
2654support TCP/IP mounts.
2655
2656@item timeo=@var{n}
2657@cindex Mount flags; timeo
2658The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is retransmitted.
2659
2660@item vers=@var{n}
2661@cindex Mount flags; vers
2662 Use NFS protocol version number @var{n} (can be 2 or 3).
2663
2664@item wsize=@var{n}
2665@cindex Mount flags; wsize
2666The NFS write packet size.  You may need to set this if you are using
2667NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
2668
2669@end table
2670
2671The following options are implemented by @i{Amd}, rather than being
2672passed to the kernel.
2673
2674@table @code
2675
2676@item nounmount
2677@cindex Mount flags; nounmount
2678Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will never expire.  This
2679is the default for non-network based filesystem types (such as
2680mounting local disks, floppies, and CD-ROMs).  See also the related
2681@i{unmount} option.
2682@c
2683@c Implementation broken:
2684
2685@item ping=@var{n}
2686@cindex Mount flags; ping
2687The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings.  When four
2688consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung.  This
2689interval defaults to 30 seconds.  If the ping interval is less than zero,
2690no pings are sent and the host is assumed to be always
2691up.  By default, pings are not sent for an NFS/TCP mount.
2692
2693@item retry=@var{n}
2694@cindex Mount flags; retry=@var{n}
2695The number of times to retry the mount system call.
2696
2697@item unmount
2698@cindex Mount flags; unmount
2699Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will indeed expire (and
2700thus may be automatically unmounted).  This is also the default for
2701network-based filesystem types (e.g., NFS).  This option is useful for
2702removable local media such as CD-ROMs, USB drives, etc. so they can
2703expire when not in use, and get unmounted (such drives can get work
2704out when they keep spinning).  See also the related @i{nounmount}
2705option.
2706
2707@item utimeout=@var{n}
2708@cindex Mount flags; utimeout=@var{n}
2709The interval, in seconds, by which the mount's
2710time-to-live is extended after an unmount attempt
2711has failed.  In fact the interval is extended before the unmount is
2712attempted to avoid thrashing.  The default value is 120 seconds (two
2713minutes) or as set by the @code{-w} command line option.
2714
2715@end table
2716
2717@node remopts Option, sublink Option, opts Option, Map Options
2718@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2719@subsubsection remopts Option
2720@cindex Setting system mount options for non-local networks
2721@cindex remopts, mount option
2722@cindex Mount option; remopts
2723
2724This option has the same use as @code{$@{opts@}} but applies only when
2725the remote host is on a non-local network.  For example, when using NFS
2726across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the
2727data read and write sizes.  This can simply be done by specifying the
2728small values in @var{remopts}.  When a non-local host is accessed, the
2729smaller sizes will automatically be used.
2730
2731@i{Amd} determines whether a host is local by examining the network
2732interface configuration at startup.  Any interface changes made after
2733@i{Amd} has been started will not be noticed.  The likely effect will
2734be that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local.
2735
2736Unless otherwise set, the value of @code{$@{remopts@}} is the same as
2737the value of @code{$@{opts@}}.
2738
2739@node sublink Option, type Option, remopts Option, Map Options
2740@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2741@subsubsection sublink Option
2742@cindex Setting the sublink option
2743@cindex sublink, mount option
2744@cindex Mount option; sublink
2745
2746The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference
2747should point.  This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases
2748where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used.
2749
2750@node type Option, , sublink Option, Map Options
2751@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2752@subsubsection type Option
2753@cindex Setting the filesystem type option
2754@cindex type, mount option
2755@cindex Mount option; type
2756
2757The filesystem type to be used.  @xref{Filesystem Types}, for a full
2758description of each type.@refill
2759
2760@c ################################################################
2761@node Amd Command Line Options, Filesystem Types, Mount Maps, Top
2762@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2763@chapter @i{Amd} Command Line Options
2764@cindex Command line options, Amd
2765@cindex Amd command line options
2766@cindex Overriding defaults on the command line
2767
2768Many of @i{Amd}'s parameters can be set from the command line.  The
2769command line is also used to specify automount points and maps.
2770
2771The general format of a command line is
2772
2773@example
2774amd [@i{options}] [@{ @i{directory} @i{map-name} [-@i{map-options}] @} ...]
2775@end example
2776
2777For each directory and map-name given or specified in the
2778@file{amd.conf} file, @i{Amd} establishes an automount point.  The
2779@dfn{map-options} may be any sequence of options or
2780selectors---@pxref{Location Format}.  The @dfn{map-options} apply only
2781to @i{Amd}'s mount point.
2782
2783@samp{type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=$@{map@}} is the default value for the
2784map options.  Default options for a map are read from a special entry in
2785the map whose key is the string @samp{/defaults}.  When default options
2786are given they are prepended to any options specified in the mount-map
2787locations as explained in @ref{Map Defaults}.
2788
2789The @dfn{options} are any combination of those listed below.
2790
2791Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are mounted.
2792The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in which case they
2793will be removed when @i{Amd} exits.
2794Finally, @i{Amd} disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and
2795forks into the background.
2796
2797Note: Even if @i{Amd} has been built with @samp{-DDEBUG} (via
2798@code{configure --enable-debug}), it will still background itself and
2799disassociate itself from the controlling terminal.  To use a debugger it
2800is necessary to specify @samp{-D nodaemon} on the command line.
2801However, even with all of this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the
2802background, and @i{Amd} will always fork before doing them.  Therefore,
2803debugging what happens closely during un/mounts is more challenging.
2804
2805@emph{All} of @i{Amd}'s command options (save @code{-F} and @code{-T})
2806can be specified in the @file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration
2807File}.  If @i{Amd} is invoked without any command line options, it will
2808default to using the configuration file @file{/etc/amd.conf}, if one
2809exists.
2810
2811@menu
2812* -a Option::   Automount directory.
2813* -c Option::   Cache timeout interval.
2814* -d Option::   Domain name.
2815* -k Option::   Kernel architecture.
2816* -l Option::   Log file.
2817* -n Option::   Hostname normalization.
2818* -o Option::   Operating system version.
2819* -p Option::   Output process id.
2820* -r Option::   Restart existing mounts.
2821* -t Option::   Kernel RPC timeout.
2822* -v Option::   Version information.
2823* -w Option::   Wait interval after failed unmount.
2824* -x Option::   Log options.
2825* -y Option::   NIS domain.
2826* -C-Option::   Cluster name.
2827* -D-Option::   Debug flags.
2828* -F Option::   Amd configuration file.
2829* -H Option::   Show brief help.
2830* -O-Option::   Operating system name.
2831* -S Option::   Lock executable pages in memory.
2832* -T-Option::   Set tag for configuration file.
2833@end menu
2834
2835@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2836@node -a Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options, Amd Command Line Options
2837@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2838@section @code{-a} @var{directory}
2839@cindex Automount directory
2840@cindex Setting the default mount directory
2841
2842Specifies the default mount directory.  This option changes the variable
2843@code{$@{autodir@}} which otherwise defaults to @file{/a}.  For example,
2844some sites prefer @file{/amd} or @file{/n}.
2845
2846@example
2847amd -a /amd ...
2848@end example
2849
2850@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2851@node -c Option, -d Option, -a Option, Amd Command Line Options
2852@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2853@section @code{-c} @var{cache-interval}
2854@cindex Cache interval
2855@cindex Interval before a filesystem times out
2856@cindex Setting the interval before a filesystem times out
2857@cindex Changing the interval before a filesystem times out
2858
2859Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by @i{Amd}.
2860If no reference is made to the volume in this period, @i{Amd} discards
2861the volume name to filesystem mapping.
2862
2863Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, @i{Amd}
2864attempts to unmount the filesystem.  If the unmount fails the interval
2865is extended by a further period as specified by the @samp{-w} command
2866line option or by the @samp{utimeout} mount option.
2867
2868The default @dfn{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (five minutes).
2869
2870@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2871@node -d Option, -k Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options
2872@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2873@section @code{-d} @var{domain}
2874@cindex Domain name
2875@cindex Setting the local domain name
2876@cindex Overriding the local domain name
2877
2878Specifies the host's domain.  This sets the internal variable
2879@code{$@{domain@}} and affects the @code{$@{hostd@}} variable.
2880
2881If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the
2882local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of
2883@code{$@{domain@}} is @samp{unknown.domain}.
2884
2885For example, if the local domain was @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}, @i{Amd} could
2886be started as follows:
2887
2888@example
2889amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ...
2890@end example
2891
2892@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2893@node -k Option, -l Option, -d Option, Amd Command Line Options
2894@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2895@section @code{-k} @var{kernel-architecture}
2896@cindex Setting the Kernel architecture
2897
2898Specifies the kernel architecture of the system.  This is usually the
2899output of @samp{uname -m} (the ``machine'' value gotten from
2900@b{uname}(2)).  If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not available, the
2901value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of @code{$@{arch@}}.
2902
2903The only effect of this option is to set the variable @code{$@{karch@}}.
2904
2905This option would be used as follows:
2906
2907@example
2908amd -k `arch -k` ...
2909@end example
2910
2911@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2912@node -l Option, -n Option, -k Option, Amd Command Line Options
2913@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2914@section @code{-l} @var{log-option}
2915@cindex Log filename
2916@cindex Setting the log file
2917@cindex Using syslog to log errors
2918@cindex syslog
2919
2920Selects the form of logging to be made.  Several special @dfn{log-options}
2921are recognized.
2922
2923@enumerate
2924@item
2925If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{syslog}, @i{Amd} will use the
2926@b{syslog}(3) mechanism.  If your system supports syslog facilities, then
2927the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
2928
2929@item
2930@cindex syslog facility; specifying an alternate
2931When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name
2932to the log option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if
2933@dfn{log-options} is the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @b{Amd} will
2934log messages via @b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility.  If
2935the facility name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to
2936@samp{LOG_DAEMON}.  Note: while you can use any syslog facility
2937available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those
2938reserved for other services such as @samp{kern}, @samp{lpr},
2939@samp{cron}, etc.
2940
2941@item
2942If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{/dev/stderr}, @i{Amd} will use
2943standard error, which is also the default target for log messages.  To
2944implement this, @i{Amd} simulates the effect of the @samp{/dev/fd}
2945driver.
2946@end enumerate
2947
2948Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging.  Log
2949messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new
2950file is created.  The file is opened once and then held open, rather
2951than being re-opened for each message.
2952
2953Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a
2954log file, it is impossible to ``rotate'' the log file and compress older
2955logs on a daily basis.  The daemon needs to be told to discard (via
2956@b{close}(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file.  This is done
2957using @code{amq -l} @i{log-option}. @xref{Amq -l option}.
2958
2959If the @samp{syslog} option is specified but the system does not support
2960syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, @i{Amd} will
2961use standard error.  Error messages generated before @i{Amd} has
2962finished parsing the command line are printed on standard error.
2963
2964Since @i{Amd} tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially
2965if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program
2966running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk
2967file.  In that case @i{Amd} would be started as follows:
2968
2969@example
2970amd -l /var/log/amd ...
2971@end example
2972
2973@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2974@node -n Option, -o Option, -l Option, Amd Command Line Options
2975@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2976@section @code{-n}
2977@cindex Hostname normalization
2978@cindex Aliased hostnames
2979@cindex Resolving aliased hostnames
2980@cindex Normalizing hostnames
2981
2982Normalizes the remote hostname before using it.  Normalization is done
2983by replacing the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} with the (generally fully
2984qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup.
2985
2986This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a
2987single host in a mount map.
2988
2989@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
2990@node -o Option, -p Option, -n Option, Amd Command Line Options
2991@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
2992@section @code{-o} @var{op-sys-ver}
2993@cindex Operating System version
2994@cindex Setting the Operating System version
2995
2996Overrides the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with
2997@var{op-sys-ver}.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
2998backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in version is
2999@samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use older maps
3000that were written with the latter in mind.
3001
3002@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3003@node -p Option, -r Option, -o Option, Amd Command Line Options
3004@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3005@section @code{-p}
3006@cindex Process id
3007@cindex Displaying the process id
3008@cindex process id of Amd daemon
3009@cindex pid file, creating with -p option
3010@cindex Creating a pid file
3011
3012Causes @i{Amd}'s process id to be printed on standard output.
3013This can be redirected to a suitable file for use with kill:
3014
3015@example
3016amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ...
3017@end example
3018
3019This option only has an affect if @i{Amd} is running in daemon mode.
3020If @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-D nodaemon} debug flag, this
3021option is ignored.
3022
3023@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3024@node -r Option, -t Option, -p Option, Amd Command Line Options
3025@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3026@section @code{-r}
3027@cindex Restarting existing mounts
3028@cindex Picking up existing mounts
3029
3030Tells @i{Amd} to restart existing mounts (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}).
3031@c @dfn{This option will be made the default in the next release.}
3032
3033@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3034@node -t Option, -v Option, -r Option, Amd Command Line Options
3035@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3036@section @code{-t} @var{timeout.retransmit}
3037@cindex Setting Amd's RPC parameters
3038
3039Specifies the RPC @dfn{timeout} interval and the @dfn{retransmit}
3040counter used by the kernel to communicate to @i{Amd}.  These are used to
3041set the @samp{timeo} and @samp{retrans} mount options, respectively.
3042The default timeout is 0.8 seconds, and the default number of
3043retransmissions is 11.
3044
3045@i{Amd} relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
3046retries.  The values of these parameters change the overall retry
3047interval.  Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too
3048short an interval causes excessive retries.
3049
3050@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3051@node -v Option, -w Option, -t Option, Amd Command Line Options
3052@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3053@section @code{-v}
3054@cindex Version information
3055@cindex Discovering version information
3056@cindex How to discover your version of Amd
3057
3058Print version information on standard error and then exit.  The output
3059is of the form:
3060
3061@example
3062Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Erez Zadok
3063Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry
3064Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
3065Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
3066am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61).
3067Built by ezk@@cs.columbia.edu on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997.
3068cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u.
3069full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun.
3070Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error.
3071AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit, 
3072      ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error.
3073FS: cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, ufs.
3074Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13).
3075Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14).
3076Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16).
3077@end example
3078
3079The information includes the version number, number of times @i{Amd} was
3080compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release.
3081Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and
3082kernel architecture as @code{$@{arch@}} and @code{$@{karch@}},
3083respectively.  The next line lists the operating system full name, short
3084name, version, and vendor.  These four values correspond to the
3085variables @code{$@{full_os@}}, @code{$@{os@}}, @code{$@{osver@}}, and
3086@code{$@{vendor@}}, respectively.  @xref{Supported Platforms}.
3087
3088Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally
3089supported by @i{Amd} (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS).
3090Finally all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name
3091and number.  They are available via the variables
3092@code{$@{wire@}} or @code{$@{network@}}, and
3093@code{$@{netnumber@}} (@pxref{Selectors}) or the @samp{in_network}
3094selector function (@pxref{in_network Selector Function}).
3095
3096@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3097@node -w Option, -x Option, -v Option, Amd Command Line Options
3098@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3099@section @code{-w} @var{wait-timeout}
3100@cindex Setting the interval between unmount attempts
3101@cindex unmount attempt backoff interval
3102
3103Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the
3104initial time-to-live has expired.
3105
3106This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes).
3107
3108@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3109@node -x Option, -y Option, -w Option, Amd Command Line Options
3110@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3111@section @code{-x} @var{opts}
3112@cindex Log message selection
3113@cindex Selecting specific log messages
3114@cindex How to select log messages
3115@cindex syslog priorities
3116
3117Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages.  @dfn{opts} is
3118a comma separated list selected from the following options:
3119
3120@table @code
3121@item fatal
3122Fatal errors
3123@item error
3124Non-fatal errors
3125@item user
3126Non-fatal user errors
3127@item warn
3128Recoverable errors
3129@item warning
3130Alias for @code{warn}
3131@item info
3132Information messages
3133@item map
3134Mount map usage
3135@item stats
3136Additional statistics
3137@item all
3138All of the above
3139@end table
3140
3141Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled.  This is as if
3142@samp{-x all,nomap,nostats} had been selected.  The command line is
3143parsed and logging is controlled by the @code{-x} option.  The very first
3144set of logging flags is saved and can not be subsequently disabled using
3145@i{Amq}.  This default set of options is useful for general production
3146use.@refill
3147
3148The @samp{info} messages include details of what is mounted and
3149unmounted and when filesystems have timed out.  If you want to have the
3150default set of messages without the @samp{info} messages then you simply
3151need @samp{-x noinfo}.  The messages given by @samp{user} relate to
3152errors in the mount maps, so these are useful when new maps are
3153installed.  The following table lists the syslog priorities used for each
3154of the message types.@refill
3155
3156@table @code
3157@item fatal
3158@samp{LOG_CRIT}
3159@item error
3160@samp{LOG_ERR}
3161@item user
3162@samp{LOG_WARNING}
3163@item warning
3164@samp{LOG_WARNING}
3165@item info
3166@samp{LOG_INFO}
3167@item debug
3168@samp{LOG_DEBUG}
3169@item map
3170@samp{LOG_DEBUG}
3171@item stats
3172@samp{LOG_INFO}
3173@end table
3174
3175
3176The options can be prefixed by the string @samp{no} to indicate
3177that this option should be turned off.  For example, to obtain all
3178but @samp{info} messages the option @samp{-x all,noinfo} would be used.
3179
3180If @i{Amd} was built with debugging enabled the @code{debug} option is
3181automatically enabled regardless of the command line options.
3182
3183@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3184@node -y Option, -C-Option, -x Option, Amd Command Line Options
3185@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3186@section @code{-y} @var{NIS-domain}
3187@cindex NIS (YP) domain name
3188@cindex Overriding the NIS (YP) domain name
3189@cindex Setting the NIS (YP) domain name
3190@cindex YP domain name
3191
3192Selects an alternate NIS domain.  This is useful for debugging and
3193cross-domain shared mounting.  If this flag is specified, @i{Amd}
3194immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain.
3195@c @i{Amd} refers to NIS maps when it starts, unless the @code{-m} option
3196@c is specified, and whenever required in a mount map.
3197
3198@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3199@node -C-Option, -D-Option, -y Option, Amd Command Line Options
3200@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3201@section @code{-C} @var{cluster-name}
3202@cindex Cluster names
3203@cindex Setting the cluster name
3204
3205Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a member.
3206The only effect is to set the variable @code{$@{cluster@}}.
3207The @dfn{cluster-name} is will usually obtained by running another command which uses
3208a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name.
3209@code{$@{cluster@}} can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of
3210replicated data.
3211If this option is not given, @code{$@{cluster@}} has the same value as @code{$@{domain@}}.
3212This would be used as follows:
3213
3214@example
3215amd -C `clustername` ...
3216@end example
3217
3218@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3219@node -D-Option, -F Option, -C-Option, Amd Command Line Options
3220@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3221@section @code{-D} @var{opts}
3222@cindex Debug options
3223@cindex Setting debug flags
3224
3225Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; @dfn{opts}
3226is a comma separated list of debugging options.  The @code{-D} option is
3227only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with @samp{-DDEBUG}, or
3228configured with @code{configure --enable-debug}.  The memory debugging
3229facilities (@samp{mem}) are only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with
3230@samp{-DDEBUG_MEM} (in addition to @samp{-DDEBUG}), or configured with
3231@code{configure --enable-debug=mem}.
3232
3233The most common options to use are @samp{-D trace} and @samp{-D test}
3234(which turns on all the useful debug options).  As usual, every option
3235can be prefixed with @samp{no} to turn it off.
3236
3237@table @code
3238@item all
3239all options
3240@item amq
3241register for amq
3242@item daemon
3243enter daemon mode
3244@item fork
3245fork server
3246@item full
3247program trace
3248@item hrtime
3249print high resolution time stamps (only if @b{syslog}(3) is not used)
3250@item info
3251@cindex debugging hesiod resolver service
3252@cindex Hesiod; turning on RES_DEBUG
3253info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.)  In the case of
3254hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging option.
3255@item mem
3256trace memory allocations
3257@item mtab
3258use local @file{./mtab} file
3259@item readdir
3260show readdir progress
3261@item str
3262debug string munging
3263@item test
3264full debug but no daemon
3265@item trace
3266trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments
3267@item xdrtrace
3268trace XDR routines
3269@end table
3270
3271You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed explanation
3272of the available options.
3273
3274@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3275@node -F Option, -H Option, -D-Option, Amd Command Line Options
3276@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3277@section @code{-F} @var{conf-file}
3278@cindex Amd configuration file; specifying name
3279@cindex Amd configuration file
3280@cindex amd.conf file
3281
3282Specify an @i{Amd} configuration file @var{conf-file} to use.  For a
3283description of the format and syntax, @pxref{Amd Configuration File}.
3284This configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing
3285many of them on the command line.  The @file{amd.conf} file includes
3286directives for every command line option @i{Amd} has, and many more that
3287are only available via the configuration file facility.  The
3288configuration file specified by this option is processed after all other
3289options had been processed, regardless of the actual location of this
3290option on the command line.
3291
3292@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3293@node -H Option, -O-Option, -F Option, Amd Command Line Options
3294@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3295@section @code{-H}
3296@cindex Displaying brief help
3297@cindex Help; showing from Amd
3298
3299Print a brief help and usage string.
3300
3301@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3302@node -O-Option, -S Option, -H Option, Amd Command Line Options
3303@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3304@section @code{-O} @var{op-sys-name}
3305@cindex Operating System name
3306@cindex Setting the Operating System name
3307
3308Overrides the compiled-in name of the operating system, with
3309@var{op-sys-name}.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for
3310backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in name is
3311@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to the old name @samp{sos5}, and use
3312older maps which were written with the latter in mind.
3313
3314@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3315@node -S Option, -T-Option, -O-Option, Amd Command Line Options
3316@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3317@section @code{-S}
3318@cindex plock; using
3319@cindex locking executable pages in memory
3320
3321Do @emph{not} lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory.
3322To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3)
3323call lock the @i{Amd} process into memory.  This way there is less
3324chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
3325@i{Amd} process as needed.  This tends to improve @i{Amd}'s performance,
3326at the cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making
3327it unavailable for other processes).  If this behavior is not desired,
3328use the @code{-S} option.
3329
3330@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3331@node -T-Option, , -S Option, Amd Command Line Options
3332@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3333@section @code{-T} @var{tag}
3334@cindex Tags for Amd configuration file
3335@cindex Configuration file; tags
3336 
3337Specify a tag to use with @file{amd.conf}.  All map entries tagged with
3338@var{tag} will be processed.  Map entries that are not tagged are always
3339processed.  Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than @var{tag}
3340will not be processed.
3341
3342@c ################################################################
3343@node Filesystem Types, Amd Configuration File, Amd Command Line Options, Top
3344@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3345@chapter Filesystem Types
3346@cindex Filesystem types
3347@cindex Mount types
3348@cindex Types of filesystem
3349
3350To mount a volume, @i{Amd} must be told the type of filesystem to be
3351used.  Each filesystem type typically requires additional information
3352such as the fileserver name for NFS.
3353
3354From the point of view of @i{Amd}, a @dfn{filesystem} is anything that
3355can resolve an incoming name lookup.  An important feature is support
3356for multiple filesystem types.  Some of these filesystems are
3357implemented in the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst
3358the others are implemented internally by @i{Amd}.@refill
3359
3360The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS.  Four other user
3361accessible filesystems (@samp{link}, @samp{program}, @samp{auto} and
3362@samp{direct}) are also implemented internally by @i{Amd} and these are
3363described below.  There are two additional filesystem types internal to
3364@i{Amd} which are not directly accessible to the user (@samp{inherit}
3365and @samp{error}).  Their use is described since they may still have an
3366effect visible to the user.@refill
3367
3368@menu
3369* Network Filesystem::          A single NFS filesystem.
3370* Network Host Filesystem::     NFS mount a host's entire export tree.
3371* Network Filesystem Group::    An atomic group of NFS filesystems.
3372* Unix Filesystem::             Native disk filesystem.
3373* Caching Filesystem::          Caching from remote server filesystem.
3374* CD-ROM Filesystem::           ISO9660 CD ROM.
3375* Loopback Filesystem::         Local loopback-mount filesystem.
3376* Memory/RAM Filesystem::       A memory or RAM-based filesystem.
3377* Null Filesystem::             4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem.
3378* Floppy Filesystem::           MS-DOS Floppy filesystem.
3379* Translucent Filesystem::      The directory merging filesystem.
3380* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem.
3381* User ID Mapping Filesystem::  4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem.
3382* Program Filesystem::          Generic Program mounts.
3383* Symbolic Link Filesystem::    Local link.
3384* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem.
3385* NFS-Link Filesystem::         Link if path exists, NFS otherwise.
3386* Automount Filesystem::
3387* Direct Automount Filesystem::
3388* Union Filesystem::
3389* Error Filesystem::
3390* Top-level Filesystem::
3391* Root Filesystem::
3392* Inheritance Filesystem::
3393@end menu
3394
3395@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3396@node Network Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types, Filesystem Types
3397@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3398@section Network Filesystem (@samp{nfs})
3399@cindex NFS
3400@cindex Mounting an NFS filesystem
3401@cindex How to mount and NFS filesystem
3402@cindex nfs, filesystem type
3403@cindex Filesystem type; nfs
3404
3405The @dfn{nfs} (@samp{type:=nfs}) filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS.
3406
3407@noindent
3408The following options must be specified:
3409
3410@table @code
3411@cindex rhost, mount option
3412@cindex Mount option; rhost
3413@item rhost
3414the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts database.  IP
3415addresses are not accepted.  The default value is taken
3416from the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is
3417specified.
3418
3419@cindex rfs, mount option
3420@cindex Mount option; rfs
3421@item rfs
3422the remote filesystem.
3423If no value is specified for this option, an internal default of
3424@code{$@{path@}} is used.
3425@end table
3426
3427NFS mounts require a two stage process.  First, the @dfn{file handle} of
3428the remote file system must be obtained from the server.  Then a mount
3429system call must be done on the local system.  @i{Amd} keeps a cache
3430of file handles for remote file systems.  The cache entries have a
3431lifetime of a few minutes.
3432
3433If a required file handle is not in the cache, @i{Amd} sends a request
3434to the remote server to obtain it.  @i{Amd} @dfn{does not} wait for
3435a response; it notes that one of the locations needs retrying, but
3436continues with any remaining locations.  When the file handle becomes
3437available, and assuming none of the other locations was successfully
3438mounted, @i{Amd} will retry the mount.  This mechanism allows several
3439NFS filesystems to be mounted in parallel.
3440@c @footnote{The mechanism
3441@c is general, however NFS is the only filesystem
3442@c for which the required hooks have been written.}
3443The first one which responds with a valid file handle will be used.
3444
3445@noindent
3446An NFS entry might be:
3447
3448@example
3449jsp  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
3450@end example
3451
3452The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done
3453in a new task to avoid the possibility of blocking @i{Amd}.
3454
3455@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3456@node Network Host Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Network Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3457@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3458@section Network Host Filesystem (@samp{host})
3459@cindex Network host filesystem
3460@cindex Mounting entire export trees
3461@cindex How to mount all NFS exported filesystems
3462@cindex host, filesystem type
3463@cindex Filesystem type; host
3464
3465@c NOTE: the current implementation of the @dfn{host} filesystem type
3466@c sometimes fails to maintain a consistent view of the remote mount tree.
3467@c This happens when the mount times out and only some of the remote mounts
3468@c are successfully unmounted.  To prevent this from occurring, use the
3469@c @samp{nounmount} mount option.
3470
3471The @dfn{host} (@samp{type:=host}) filesystem allows access to the entire export tree of an
3472NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the @samp{nfs}
3473implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.  The only option
3474which needs to be specified is @samp{rhost} which is the name of the
3475fileserver to mount.
3476
3477The @samp{host} filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on
3478the given fileserver to obtain its export list.  @i{Amd} then obtains
3479filehandles for each of the exported filesystems.  Any errors at this
3480stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored.  Finally each
3481filesystem is mounted.  Again, errors are logged but ignored.  One
3482common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist.
3483Although @i{Amd} attempts to automatically create the mount point, it
3484may be on a remote filesystem to which @i{Amd} does not have write
3485permission.
3486
3487When an attempt to unmount a @samp{host} filesystem mount fails, @i{Amd}
3488remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted.  To do
3489this @i{Amd} queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of
3490the export list.  @i{Amd} then tries to mount any exported filesystems
3491which are not currently mounted.
3492
3493Sun's automounter provides a special @samp{-hosts} map.  To achieve the
3494same effect with @i{Amd} requires two steps.  First a mount map must
3495be created as follows:
3496
3497@example
3498*       type:=host;rhost:=$@{key@};fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root
3499@end example
3500
3501@noindent
3502and then start @i{Amd} with the following command
3503
3504@example
3505amd /net net.map
3506@end example
3507
3508@noindent
3509where @samp{net.map} is the name of map described above.  Note that the
3510value of @code{$@{fs@}} is overridden in the map.  This is done to avoid
3511a clash between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted
3512from the same fileserver.
3513
3514If different mount options are needed for different hosts then
3515additional entries can be added to the map, for example
3516
3517@example
3518host2       opts:=ro,nosuid,soft
3519@end example
3520
3521@noindent
3522would soft mount @samp{host2} read-only.
3523
3524@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3525@node Network Filesystem Group, Unix Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3526@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3527@section Network Filesystem Group (@samp{nfsx})
3528@cindex Network filesystem group
3529@cindex Atomic NFS mounts
3530@cindex Mounting an atomic group of NFS filesystems
3531@cindex How to mount an atomic group of NFS filesystems
3532@cindex nfsx, filesystem type
3533@cindex Filesystem type; nfsx
3534
3535The @dfn{nfsx} (@samp{type:=nfsx}) filesystem allows a group of filesystems to be mounted
3536from a single NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the
3537@samp{nfs} implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.
3538
3539The options are the same as for the @samp{nfs} filesystem with one
3540difference.
3541
3542@noindent
3543The following options should be specified:
3544
3545@table @code
3546@item rhost
3547the remote fileserver.  The default value is taken from the local
3548host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is specified.
3549
3550@item rfs
3551is a list of filesystems to mount, and must be specified.
3552The list is in the form of a comma separated strings.
3553@end table
3554
3555@noindent
3556For example:
3557
3558@example
3559pub  type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\
3560     rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root
3561@end example
3562
3563The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a
3564prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual
3565filesystems.  The first string is @emph{not} used as a filesystem name.
3566A parallel operation is used to determine the local mount points to
3567ensure a consistent layout of a tree of mounts.
3568
3569Here, the @emph{three} filesystems, @samp{/public},
3570@samp{/public/graphics} and @samp{/public/usenet}, would be mounted.@refill
3571
3572A local mount point, @code{$@{fs@}}, @emph{must} be specified.  The
3573default local mount point will not work correctly in the general case.
3574A suggestion is to use @samp{fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root}.@refill
3575
3576@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3577@node Unix Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Filesystem Types
3578@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3579@section Unix Filesystem (@samp{ufs}, @samp{xfs}, or @samp{efs})
3580@cindex Unix filesystem
3581@cindex UFS
3582@cindex XFS
3583@cindex EFS
3584@cindex Mounting a UFS filesystem
3585@cindex Mounting a local disk
3586@cindex How to mount a UFS filesystems
3587@cindex How to mount a local disk
3588@cindex Disk filesystems
3589@cindex ufs, filesystem type
3590@cindex Filesystem type; ufs
3591@cindex xfs, filesystem type
3592@cindex Filesystem type; xfs
3593@cindex efs, filesystem type
3594@cindex Filesystem type; efs
3595
3596The @dfn{ufs} (@samp{type:=ufs}) filesystem type provides access to the system's standard
3597disk filesystem---usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast Filesystem.
3598
3599@noindent
3600The following option must be specified:
3601
3602@table @code
3603@cindex dev, mount option
3604@cindex Mount option; dev
3605@item dev
3606the block special device to be mounted.
3607@end table
3608
3609A UFS entry might be:
3610
3611@example
3612jsp   host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp
3613@end example
3614
3615UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks up
3616during the autoconfiguration phase.  Some systems have more than one
3617type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS
3618(Extended File System).  In those cases, you may explicitly set the file
3619system type, by using entries such:
3620
3621@example
3622ez1   type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a
3623ez2   type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c
3624@end example
3625
3626@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3627@node Caching Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Unix Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3628@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3629@section Caching Filesystem (@samp{cachefs})
3630@cindex Caching Filesystem
3631@cindex cachefs, filesystem type
3632@cindex Filesystem type; cachefs
3633
3634The @dfn{cachefs} (@samp{type:=cachefs}) filesystem caches files from
3635one location onto another, presumably providing faster access.  It is
3636particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS
3637partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory.
3638
3639@noindent
3640The following options must be specified:
3641
3642@table @code
3643@cindex cachedir, mount option
3644@cindex Mount option; cachedir
3645@item cachedir
3646the directory where the cache is stored.
3647@item rfs
3648the path name to the ``back file system'' to be cached from.
3649@item fs
3650the ``front file system'' mount point to the cached files, where @i{Amd}
3651will set a symbolic link pointing to.
3652@end table
3653
3654A CacheFS entry for, say, the @file{/import} @i{Amd} mount point, might
3655be:
3656
3657@example
3658copt  type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt
3659@end example
3660
3661Access to the pathname @file{/import/copt} will follow a symbolic link
3662to @file{/n/import/copt}.  The latter is the mount point for a caching
3663file system, that caches from @file{/import/opt} to @file{/cache}.
3664
3665@b{Caveats}:
3666@enumerate
3667@item This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x!
3668@item Before being used for the first time, the cache directory @i{must} be
3669initialized with @samp{cfsadmin -c @var{cachedir}}.  See the manual page for
3670@b{cfsadmin}(1M) for more information.
3671@item The ``back file system'' mounted must be a complete file system, not
3672a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error ``Invalid Argument''.
3673@item If @i{Amd} aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be
3674inconsistent, requiring running the command @file{fsck -F cachefs
3675@var{cachedir}}.  Otherwise you will get the error ``No Space Left on Device''.
3676@end enumerate
3677
3678@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3679@node CD-ROM Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3680@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3681@section CD-ROM Filesystem (@samp{cdfs})
3682@cindex CD-ROM Filesystem
3683@cindex cdfs, filesystem type
3684@cindex Filesystem type; cdfs
3685
3686The @dfn{cdfs} (@samp{type:=cdfs}) filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an
3687ISO9660 format filesystem on it.
3688
3689@noindent
3690The following option must be specified:
3691
3692@table @code
3693@cindex dev, mount option
3694@cindex Mount option; dev
3695@item dev
3696the block special device to be mounted.
3697@end table
3698
3699Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only CDs unless the
3700@samp{ro} option is specified.  A cdfs entry might be:
3701
3702@example
3703cdfs      os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
3704          os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
3705@end example
3706
3707@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3708@node Loopback Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3709@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3710@section Loopback Filesystem (@samp{lofs})
3711@cindex Loopback Filesystem
3712@cindex lofs, filesystem type
3713@cindex Filesystem type; lofs
3714
3715The @dfn{lofs} (@samp{type:=lofs}) filesystem is also called the
3716loopback filesystem.  It mounts a local directory on another, thus
3717providing mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic
3718links).
3719
3720The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of a
3721chroot-ed directory (via @b{chroot}(2)), to provide access to
3722directories otherwise inaccessible.
3723
3724@noindent
3725The following option must be specified:
3726
3727@table @code
3728@cindex rfs, mount option
3729@cindex Mount option; rfs
3730@item rfs
3731the pathname to be mounted on top of @code{$@{fs@}}.
3732@end table
3733
3734Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security
3735reasons.  In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within
3736a user's home directory, also available for public ftp.
3737
3738@example
3739lofs      type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk
3740@end example
3741
3742@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3743@node Memory/RAM Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3744@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3745@section Memory/RAM Filesystem (@samp{mfs})
3746@cindex Memory/RAM Filesystem
3747@cindex mfs, filesystem type
3748@cindex Filesystem type; mfs
3749
3750The @dfn{mfs} (@samp{type:=mfs}) filesystem is available in 4.4BSD,
3751Linux, and other systems.  It creates a filesystem in a portion of the
3752system's memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access.
3753
3754XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3755
3756@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3757@node Null Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3758@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3759@section Null Filesystem (@samp{nullfs})
3760@cindex Null Filesystem
3761@cindex nullfs, filesystem type
3762@cindex Filesystem type; nullfs
3763
3764The @dfn{nullfs} (@samp{type:=nullfs}) filesystem is available from 4.4BSD,
3765and is very similar to the loopback filesystem, @dfn{lofs}.
3766
3767XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3768
3769@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3770@node Floppy Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3771@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3772@section Floppy Filesystem (@samp{pcfs})
3773@cindex Floppy Filesystem
3774@cindex pcfs, filesystem type
3775@cindex Filesystem type; pcfs
3776
3777The @dfn{pcfs} (@samp{type:=pcfs}) filesystem mounts a floppy previously
3778formatted for the MS-DOS format.
3779
3780@noindent
3781The following option must be specified:
3782
3783@table @code
3784@cindex dev, mount option
3785@cindex Mount option; dev
3786@item dev
3787the block special device to be mounted.
3788@end table
3789
3790A pcfs entry might be:
3791
3792@example
3793pcfs      os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \
3794          os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette
3795@end example
3796
3797@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3798@node Translucent Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3799@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3800@section Translucent Filesystem (@samp{tfs})
3801@cindex Translucent Filesystem
3802@cindex tfs, filesystem type
3803@cindex Filesystem type; tfs
3804
3805The @dfn{tfs} (@samp{type:=tfs}) filesystem is an older version of the
38064.4BSD @dfn{unionfs}.
3807
3808XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3809
3810@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3811@node Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3812@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3813@section Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem (@samp{tmpfs})
3814@cindex Shared Memory and Swap Filesystem
3815@cindex tmpfs, filesystem type
3816@cindex Filesystem type; tmpfs
3817
3818The @dfn{tmpfs} (@samp{type:=tmpfs}) filesystem shares memory between a
3819the swap device and the rest of the system.  It is generally used to
3820provide a fast access @file{/tmp} directory, one that uses memory that
3821is otherwise unused.  This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x.
3822
3823XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3824
3825@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3826@node User ID Mapping Filesystem, Program Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3827@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3828@section User ID Mapping Filesystem (@samp{umapfs})
3829@cindex User ID Mapping Filesystem
3830@cindex umapfs, filesystem type
3831@cindex Filesystem type; umapfs
3832
3833The @dfn{umapfs} (@samp{type:=umapfs}) filesystem maps User IDs of file
3834ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD.
3835
3836XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
3837
3838@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3839@node Program Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3840@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3841@section Program Filesystem (@samp{program})
3842@cindex Program filesystem
3843@cindex Mount a filesystem under program control
3844@cindex program, filesystem type
3845@cindex Filesystem type; program
3846
3847The @dfn{program} (@samp{type:=program}) filesystem type allows a
3848program to be run whenever a mount or unmount is required.  This allows
3849easy addition of support for other filesystem types, such as MIT's
3850Remote Virtual Disk (RVD) which has a programmatic interface via the
3851commands @samp{rvdmount} and @samp{rvdunmount}.
3852
3853@noindent
3854The following options must be specified:
3855
3856@table @code
3857@cindex mount, mount option
3858@cindex Mount option; mount
3859@item mount
3860the program which will perform the mount.
3861
3862@cindex unmount, mount option
3863@cindex Mount option; unmount
3864@item unmount
3865the program which will perform the unmount.
3866@end table
3867
3868The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error
3869code.  As usual, exit code zero indicates success.  To execute the
3870program @i{Amd} splits the string on whitespace to create an array of
3871substrings.  Single quotes @samp{'} can be used to quote whitespace
3872if that is required in an argument.  There is no way to escape or change
3873the quote character.
3874
3875To run the program @samp{rvdmount} with a host name and filesystem as
3876arguments would be specified by
3877@samp{fs:=$@{autodir@}$@{path@};mount:="/etc/rvdmount rvdmount fserver
3878$@{fs@}"}.
3879
3880The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the program
3881to execute.  The other members of the array form the argument vector to
3882be passed to the program, @dfn{including argument zero}.  This means
3883that the split string must have at least two elements.  The program is
3884directly executed by @i{Amd}, not via a shell.  This means that scripts
3885must begin with a @code{#!} interpreter specification.
3886
3887If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile adding
3888a new filesystem type into @i{Amd}, but for most uses the program
3889filesystem should suffice.
3890
3891When the program is run, standard input and standard error are inherited
3892from the current values used by @i{Amd}.  Standard output is a
3893duplicate of standard error.  The value specified with the @code{-l}
3894command line option has no effect on standard error.
3895
3896@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3897@node Symbolic Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Program Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3898@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3899@section Symbolic Link Filesystem (@samp{link})
3900@cindex Symbolic link filesystem
3901@cindex Referencing part of the local name space
3902@cindex Mounting part of the local name space
3903@cindex How to reference part of the local name space
3904@cindex link, filesystem type
3905@cindex symlink, link filesystem type
3906@cindex Filesystem type; link
3907
3908Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume
3909name to the physical mount point.  The @samp{link} filesystem does the
3910same without any other side effects.  This allows any part of the
3911machines name space to be accessed via @i{Amd}.
3912
3913One common use for the symlink filesystem is @file{/homes} which can be
3914made to contain an entry for each user which points to their
3915(auto-mounted) home directory.  Although this may seem rather expensive,
3916it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility.
3917
3918@noindent
3919The following option must be defined:
3920
3921@table @code
3922@item fs
3923The value of @var{fs} option specifies the destination of the link, as
3924modified by the @var{sublink} option.  If @var{sublink} is non-null, it
3925is appended to @code{$@{fs@}}@code{/} and the resulting string is used
3926as the target.
3927@end table
3928
3929The @samp{link} filesystem can be thought of as identical to the
3930@samp{ufs} filesystem but without actually mounting anything.
3931
3932An example entry might be:
3933
3934@example
3935jsp   host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
3936@end example
3937which would return a symbolic link pointing to @file{/home/charm/jsp}.
3938
3939@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3940@node Symbolic Link Filesystem II, NFS-Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types
3941@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3942@section Symbolic Link Filesystem II (@samp{linkx})
3943@cindex Symbolic link filesystem II
3944@cindex Referencing an existing part of the local name space
3945@cindex Mounting an existing part of the local name space
3946@cindex How to reference an existing part of the local name space
3947@cindex linkx, filesystem type
3948@cindex symlink, linkx filesystem type
3949@cindex Filesystem type; linkx
3950
3951The @dfn{linkx} (@samp{type:=linkx}) filesystem type is identical to @samp{link} with the
3952exception that the target of the link must exist.  Existence is checked
3953with the @b{lstat}(2) system call.
3954
3955The @samp{linkx} filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map
3956entries.  In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and
3957@i{Amd} will choose the first one which exists on the local machine.
3958
3959@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
3960@node NFS-Link Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Filesystem Types
3961@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
3962@section NFS-Link Filesystem (@samp{nfsl})
3963@cindex NFS-Link filesystem II
3964@cindex Referencing an existing part of the name space if target exists
3965@cindex Mounting a remote part of the name space if target is missing
3966@cindex Symlink if target exists, NFS otherwise
3967@cindex nfsl, filesystem type
3968@cindex symlink, nfsl filesystem type
3969@cindex Filesystem type; nfsl
3970
3971The @dfn{nfsl} (@samp{type:=nfsl}) filesystem type is a combination of two others:
3972@samp{link} and @samp{nfs}.  If the local host name is equal to the
3973value of @code{$@{rhost@}}, or if the target pathname listed in
3974@code{$@{fs@}} exists, @samp{nfsl} will behave exactly as
3975@samp{type:=link}, and refer to the target as a symbolic link.  If the
3976local host name is not equal to the value of @code{$@{rhost@}}, or if
3977the target of the link does not exist, @i{Amd} will treat it as
3978@samp{type:=nfs}, and will mount a remote pathname for it.
3979
3980The @samp{nfsl} filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand
3981for the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular @i{Amd}
3982entries.  For example, you can simplify all map entries that look like:
3983
3984@example
3985zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
3986        host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@} \
3987        host==shekel;type:=link
3988@end example
3989
3990or
3991
3992@example
3993zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
3994        exists($@{fs@});type:=link \
3995        !exists($@{fs@});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@}
3996@end example
3997
3998into a shorter form
3999
4000@example
4001zing    type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@}
4002@end example
4003
4004Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids
4005possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two
4006entries (one for @samp{type:=nfs} and the other for @samp{type:=link})
4007necessary to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts.
4008
4009@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4010@node Automount Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, NFS-Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4011@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4012@section Automount Filesystem (@samp{auto})
4013@cindex Automount filesystem
4014@cindex Map cache types
4015@cindex Setting map cache parameters
4016@cindex How to set map cache parameters
4017@cindex How to start an indirect automount point
4018@cindex auto, filesystem type
4019@cindex Filesystem type; auto
4020@cindex SIGHUP signal
4021@cindex Map cache synchronizing
4022@cindex Synchronizing the map cache
4023@cindex Map cache options
4024@cindex Regular expressions in maps
4025
4026The @dfn{auto} (@samp{type:=auto}) filesystem type creates a new automount point below an
4027existing automount point.  Top-level automount points appear as system
4028mount points.  An automount mount point can also appear as a
4029sub-directory of an existing automount point.  This allows some
4030additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of
4031another machine.
4032
4033The following options may be specified:
4034
4035@table @code
4036@cindex cache, mount map option
4037@cindex Mount map option; cache
4038@item cache
4039specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be
4040cached.  The default value is @samp{none}, in which case
4041no caching is done in order to conserve memory.
4042
4043However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by caching
4044some or all of a mount-map.
4045
4046If the cache option specifies @samp{all},
4047the entire map is enumerated when the mount point is created.
4048
4049If the cache option specifies @samp{inc}, caching is done incrementally
4050as and when data is required.
4051Some map types do not support cache mode @samp{all}, in which case @samp{inc}
4052is used whenever @samp{all} is requested.
4053
4054Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode @samp{none}.
4055
4056If the cache option specifies @samp{regexp} then the entire map will be
4057enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular
4058expression.  The order in which a cached map is searched does not
4059correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular expressions
4060should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion.
4061
4062Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually @samp{inc}, which
4063can be selected by specifying @samp{mapdefault}.
4064
4065The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command line.
4066Starting @i{Amd} with the command:
4067
4068@example
4069amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc
4070@end example
4071
4072will cause @samp{/homes} to be automounted using the @dfn{Hesiod} name
4073server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved names.
4074
4075All cached data is forgotten whenever @i{Amd} receives a @samp{SIGHUP}
4076signal and, if cache @samp{all} mode was selected, the cache will be
4077reloaded.  This can be used to inform @i{Amd} that a map has been
4078updated.  In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and @i{Amd} needs
4079to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined.  If the cache is
4080out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a
4081@samp{SIGHUP} had been received.
4082
4083An additional option (@samp{sync}) may be specified to force @i{Amd} to
4084check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used.  For
4085example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created by the
4086following command:
4087
4088@example
4089amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync
4090@end example
4091
4092@item fs
4093specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point.
4094
4095Arguably this should have been specified with the @code{$@{rfs@}} option but
4096we are now stuck with it due to historical accident.
4097
4098@c %If the string @samp{.} is used then the same map is used;
4099@c %in addition the lookup prefix is set to the name of the mount point followed
4100@c %by a slash @samp{/}.
4101@c %This is the same as specifying @samp{fs:=\$@{map@};pref:=\$@{key@}/}.
4102@c
4103
4104@item pref
4105alters the name that is looked up in the mount map.  If
4106@code{$@{pref@}}, the @dfn{prefix}, is non-null then it is prepended to
4107the name requested by the kernel @dfn{before} the map is searched.
4108
4109@item opts
4110Normally, @samp{auto} style maps are not browsable even if you turn on
4111directory browsability (@pxref{browsable_dirs Parameter}).  To enable
4112browsing entries in @samp{auto} maps, specify @samp{opts:=browsable} in
4113the description of this map.
4114
4115@end table
4116
4117The server @samp{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} has two user disks:
4118@samp{/dev/dsk/2s0} and @samp{/dev/dsk/5s0}.  These are accessed as
4119@samp{/home/dylan/dk2} and @samp{/home/dylan/dk5} respectively.  Since
4120@samp{/home} is already an automount point, this naming is achieved with
4121the following map entries:@refill
4122
4123@example
4124dylan        type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
4125dylan/dk2    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
4126dylan/dk5    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
4127@end example
4128
4129@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4130@node Direct Automount Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4131@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4132@section Direct Automount Filesystem (@samp{direct})
4133@cindex Direct automount filesystem
4134@cindex How to start a direct automount point
4135@cindex direct, filesystem type
4136@cindex Filesystem type; direct
4137
4138The @dfn{direct} (@samp{type:=direct}) filesystem is almost identical to
4139the automount filesystem.  Instead of appearing to be a directory of
4140mount points, it appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem.
4141The mount is done at the time the link is accessed.  @xref{Automount
4142Filesystem}, for a list of required options.
4143
4144Direct automount points are created by specifying the @samp{direct}
4145filesystem type on the command line:
4146
4147@example
4148amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct
4149@end example
4150
4151where @samp{auto.direct} would contain an entry such as:
4152
4153@example
4154usr/man    -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \
4155           rhost:=man-server1  rhost:=man-server2
4156@end example
4157
4158In this example, @samp{man-server1} and @samp{man-server2} are file
4159servers which export copies of the manual pages.  Note that the key
4160which is looked up is the name of the automount point without the
4161leading @samp{/}.
4162
4163@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4164@node Union Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4165@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4166@section Union Filesystem (@samp{union})
4167@cindex Union filesystem
4168@cindex union, filesystem type
4169@cindex Filesystem type; union
4170
4171The @dfn{union} (@samp{type:=union}) filesystem type allows the contents of several
4172directories to be merged and made visible in a single directory.  This
4173can be used to overcome one of the major limitations of the Unix mount
4174mechanism which only allows complete directories to be mounted.
4175
4176For example, supposing @file{/tmp} and @file{/var/tmp} were to be merged
4177into a new directory called @file{/mtmp}, with files in @file{/var/tmp}
4178taking precedence.  The following command could be used to achieve this
4179effect:
4180
4181@example
4182amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union
4183@end example
4184
4185Currently, the unioned directories must @emph{not} be automounted.  That
4186would cause a deadlock.  This seriously limits the current usefulness of
4187this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future
4188release of @i{Amd}.
4189
4190Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last
4191named directory.  This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points
4192to the correct directory.  The wildcard entry is visible if the union
4193directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has
4194priority.
4195
4196The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time
4197@i{Amd} is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the
4198underlying directories.  Similarly, if a link is removed, for example
4199with the @samp{rm} command, it will be lost forever.
4200
4201@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4202@node Error Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4203@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4204@section Error Filesystem (@samp{error})
4205@cindex Error filesystem
4206@cindex error, filesystem type
4207@cindex Filesystem type; error
4208
4209The @dfn{error} (@samp{type:=error}) filesystem type is used internally as a catch-all in the
4210case where none of the other filesystems was selected, or some other
4211error occurred.  Lookups and mounts always fail with ``No such file or
4212directory''.  All other operations trivially succeed.
4213
4214The error filesystem is not directly accessible.
4215
4216@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4217@node Top-level Filesystem, Root Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4218@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4219@section Top-level Filesystem (@samp{toplvl})
4220@cindex Top level filesystem
4221@cindex toplvl, filesystem type
4222@cindex Filesystem type; toplvl
4223
4224The @dfn{toplvl} (@samp{type:=toplvl}) filesystems is derived from the @samp{auto} filesystem
4225and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes.  Requests of this
4226type are automatically generated from the command line arguments.
4227
4228@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4229@node Root Filesystem, Inheritance Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4230@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4231@section Root Filesystem (@samp{root})
4232@cindex Root filesystem
4233@cindex root, filesystem type
4234@cindex Filesystem type; root
4235
4236The @dfn{root} (@samp{type:=root}) filesystem type acts as an internal
4237placeholder onto which @i{Amd} can pin @samp{toplvl} mounts.  Only one
4238node of this type need ever exist and one is created automatically
4239during startup.  The effect of having more than one root node is
4240undefined.
4241
4242The root filesystem is not directly accessible.
4243
4244@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4245@node Inheritance Filesystem, , Root Filesystem, Filesystem Types
4246@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4247@section Inheritance Filesystem (@samp{inherit})
4248@cindex Inheritance filesystem
4249@cindex Nodes generated on a restart
4250@cindex inherit, filesystem type
4251@cindex Filesystem type; inherit
4252
4253The @dfn{inheritance} (@samp{type:=inherit}) filesystem is not directly
4254accessible.  Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are
4255automatically generated when @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-r} option.
4256At this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems
4257which are already mounted.  If any reference to these filesystems is
4258made through @i{Amd} then instead of attempting to mount it, @i{Amd}
4259simulates the mount and @dfn{inherits} the filesystem.  This allows a
4260new version of @i{Amd} to be installed on a live system simply by
4261killing the old daemon with @samp{SIGTERM} and starting the new one.@refill
4262
4263This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is
4264possible that the output from @samp{amq -m} may list @samp{inherit} as
4265the filesystem type.  This happens when an inherit operation cannot
4266be completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down.
4267
4268@c ################################################################
4269@node Amd Configuration File, Run-time Administration, Filesystem Types, Top
4270@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4271@chapter Amd Configuration File
4272@cindex  Amd Configuration File
4273@cindex amd.conf
4274
4275The @samp{amd.conf} file is the configuration file for @i{Amd}, as part
4276of the am-utils suite.  This file contains runtime configuration
4277information for the @i{Amd} automounter program.
4278
4279@menu
4280* File Format::
4281* The Global Section::
4282* Regular Map Sections::
4283* Common Parameters::
4284* Global Parameters::
4285* Regular Map Parameters::
4286* amd.conf Examples::
4287@end menu
4288
4289@c ================================================================
4290@node File Format, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File, Amd Configuration File
4291@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4292@section File Format
4293@cindex amd.conf file format
4294
4295The @samp{amd.conf} file consists of sections and parameters.  A section
4296begins with the name of the section in square brackets @samp{[]} and
4297continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is reached.
4298Sections contain parameters of the form @samp{name = value}.
4299
4300The file is line-based --- that is, each newline-terminated line
4301represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.  No
4302line-continuation syntax is available.
4303
4304Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive.
4305
4306Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.  Whitespace
4307before or after the first equals sign is discarded.  Leading, trailing
4308and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant.
4309Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded.
4310Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the
4311whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in @samp{name =
4312"some value"}.
4313
4314Any line beginning with a pound sign @samp{#} is ignored, as are lines
4315containing only whitespace.
4316
4317The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
4318string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a
4319boolean, which may be given as @samp{yes}/@samp{no}.  Case is significant in all
4320values.  Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric.
4321
4322@c ================================================================
4323@node The Global Section, Regular Map Sections, File Format, Amd Configuration File
4324@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4325@section The Global Section
4326@cindex amd.conf global section
4327
4328The global section must be specified as @samp{[global]}.  Parameters in
4329this section either apply to @i{Amd} as a whole, or to all other regular map
4330sections which follow.  There should be only one global section defined
4331in one configuration file.
4332
4333It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the
4334configuration file.  If it is not, then regular map sections which
4335precede it will not use global values defined later.
4336
4337@c ================================================================
4338@node Regular Map Sections, Common Parameters, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File
4339@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4340@section Regular Map Sections
4341@cindex amd.conf regular map sections
4342
4343Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry.
4344For example, if the map section @samp{[/homes]} is defined, then all
4345parameters following it will be applied to the @file{/homes}
4346@i{Amd}-managed mount point.
4347
4348@c ================================================================
4349@node Common Parameters, Global Parameters, Regular Map Sections, Amd Configuration File
4350@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4351@section Common Parameters
4352@cindex amd.conf common parameters
4353
4354These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific
4355section.  Entries specified in a map-specific section override the default
4356value or one defined in the global section.   If such a common parameter is
4357specified only in the global section, it is applicable to all regular map
4358sections that follow.
4359
4360@menu
4361* browsable_dirs Parameter::
4362* map_options Parameter::
4363* map_type Parameter::
4364* mount_type Parameter::
4365* search_path Parameter::
4366@end menu
4367
4368@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4369@node browsable_dirs Parameter, map_options Parameter, Common Parameters, Common Parameters
4370@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4371@subsection @t{browsable_dirs} Parameter
4372@cindex browsable_dirs Parameter
4373
4374(type=string, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd}'s top-level
4375mount points will be browsable to @b{readdir}(3) calls.  This means you
4376could run for example @b{ls}(1) and see what keys are available to mount
4377in that directory.  Not all entries are made visible to @b{readdir}(3):
4378the @samp{/defaults} entry, wildcard entries, and those with a @file{/}
4379in them are not included.  If you specify @samp{full} to this option,
4380all but the @samp{/defaults} entry will be visible.  Note that if you run
4381a command which will attempt to @b{stat}(2) the entries, such as often
4382done by @samp{ls -l} or @samp{ls -F}, @i{Amd} will attempt to mount
4383@i{every} entry in that map.  This is often called a ``mount storm''.
4384
4385@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4386@node map_options Parameter, map_type Parameter, browsable_dirs Parameter, Common Parameters
4387@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4388@subsection @t{map_options} Parameter
4389@cindex map_options Parameter
4390
4391(type=string, default no options).  This option is the same as
4392specifying map options on the command line to @i{Amd}, such as
4393@samp{cache:=all}.
4394
4395@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4396@node map_type Parameter, mount_type Parameter, map_options Parameter, Common Parameters
4397@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4398@subsection @t{map_type} Parameter
4399@cindex map_type Parameter
4400
4401(type=string, default search all map types).  If specified, @i{Amd} will
4402initialize the map only for the type given.  This is useful to avoid the
4403default map search type used by @i{Amd} which takes longer and can have
4404undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used.
4405Possible values are
4406
4407@table @samp
4408@item file
4409plain files
4410@item hesiod
4411Hesiod name service from MIT
4412@item ldap
4413Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
4414@item ndbm
4415(New) dbm style hash files
4416@item nis
4417Network Information Services (version 2)
4418@item nisplus
4419Network Information Services Plus (version 3)
4420@item passwd
4421local password files
4422@item union
4423union maps
4424@end table
4425
4426@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4427@node mount_type Parameter, search_path Parameter, map_type Parameter, Common Parameters
4428@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4429@subsection @t{mount_type} Parameter
4430@cindex mount_type Parameter
4431
4432(type=string, default=@samp{nfs}).  All @i{Amd} mount types must be NFS.
4433That is, @i{Amd} is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local
4434host it is running on.  If @samp{autofs} is specified, @i{Amd} will log
4435an error message and forcibly convert it to NFS.
4436
4437@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4438@node search_path Parameter, , mount_type Parameter, Common Parameters
4439@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4440@subsection @t{search_path} Parameter
4441@cindex search_path Parameter
4442
4443(type=string, default no search path).  This provides a
4444(colon-delimited) search path for file maps.  Using a search path,
4445sites can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can
4446distributed maps in several locations as needed.
4447
4448@c ================================================================
4449@node Global Parameters, Regular Map Parameters, Common Parameters, Amd Configuration File
4450@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4451@section Global Parameters
4452@cindex amd.conf global parameters
4453
4454The following parameters are applicable to the @samp{[global]} section only.
4455
4456@menu
4457* arch Parameter::    
4458* auto_dir Parameter::
4459* cache_duration Parameter::
4460* cluster Parameter:: 
4461* debug_options Parameter::
4462* dismount_interval Parameter::
4463* full_os Parameter::
4464* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter::
4465* hesiod_base Parameter::   
4466* karch Parameter::   
4467* ldap_base Parameter::
4468* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter::
4469* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter::
4470* ldap_hostports Parameter::
4471* local_domain Parameter::
4472* log_file Parameter::
4473* log_options Parameter::
4474* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter::
4475* nfs_proto Parameter::
4476* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::
4477* nfs_retry_interval Parameter::
4478* nfs_vers Parameter::
4479* nis_domain Parameter::
4480* normalize_hostnames Parameter::
4481* os Parameter::      
4482* osver Parameter::   
4483* pid_file Parameter::
4484* plock Parameter::   
4485* portmap_program Parameter::
4486* print_pid Parameter::
4487* print_version Parameter::
4488* restart_mounts Parameter::
4489* selectors_in_defaults Parameter::
4490* show_statfs_entries Parameter::
4491* unmount_on_exit Parameter::
4492* vendor Parameter::
4493@end menu
4494
4495@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4496@node arch Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, Global Parameters, Global Parameters
4497@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4498@subsection @t{arch} Parameter
4499@cindex arch Parameter
4500
4501(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Allows you to override the
4502value of the @i{arch} @i{Amd} variable.
4503
4504@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4505@node auto_dir Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, arch Parameter, Global Parameters
4506@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4507@subsection @t{auto_dir} Parameter
4508@cindex auto_dir Parameter
4509
4510(type=string, default=@samp{/a}).  Same as the @code{-a} option to @i{Amd}.
4511This sets the private directory where @i{Amd} will create
4512sub-directories for its real mount points.
4513
4514@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4515@node cache_duration Parameter, cluster Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, Global Parameters
4516@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4517@subsection @t{cache_duration} Parameter
4518@cindex cache_duration Parameter
4519
4520(type=numeric, default=300).  Same as the @code{-c} option to
4521@i{Amd}.  Sets the duration in seconds that looked up map entries remain
4522in the cache.
4523
4524@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4525@node cluster Parameter, debug_options Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, Global Parameters
4526@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4527@subsection @t{cluster} Parameter
4528@cindex cluster Parameter
4529
4530(type=string, default no cluster).  Same as the @code{-C} option to
4531@i{Amd}.  Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use.
4532
4533@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4534@node debug_options Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, cluster Parameter, Global Parameters
4535@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4536@subsection @t{debug_options} Parameter
4537@cindex debug_options Parameter
4538
4539(type=string, default no debug options).  Same as the @code{-D} option
4540to @i{Amd}.  Specify any debugging options for @i{Amd}.  Works only if
4541am-utils was configured for debugging using the @code{--enable-debug}
4542option.  The @samp{mem} option, as well as all other options, can be
4543turned on via @code{--enable-debug=mem}.  Otherwise debugging options
4544are ignored.  Options are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the
4545string @samp{no} to negate their meaning.  You can get the list of
4546supported debugging and logging options by running @code{amd -H}.
4547Possible values are:
4548
4549@table @samp
4550@item all
4551all options
4552@item amq
4553register for amq
4554@item daemon
4555enter daemon mode
4556@item fork
4557fork server
4558@item full
4559program trace
4560@item mem
4561trace memory allocations
4562@item mtab
4563use local @file{./mtab} file
4564@item str
4565debug string munging
4566@item test
4567full debug but no daemon
4568@item trace
4569trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments
4570@end table
4571
4572@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4573@node dismount_interval Parameter, full_os Parameter, debug_options Parameter, Global Parameters
4574@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4575@subsection @t{dismount_interval} Parameter
4576@cindex dismount_interval Parameter
4577
4578(type=numeric, default=120).  Same as the @code{-w} option to
4579@i{Amd}.  Specify in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file
4580systems that have exceeded their cached times.
4581
4582@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4583@node full_os Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, Global Parameters
4584@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4585@subsection @t{full_os} Parameter
4586@cindex full_os Parameter
4587
4588(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The full name of the
4589operating system, along with its version.  Allows you to override the
4590compiled-in full name and version of the operating system.  Useful when
4591the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, the full operating
4592system name on linux comes up as @samp{linux}, but you can override it
4593to @samp{linux-2.2.5}.
4594
4595@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4596@node fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, full_os Parameter, Global Parameters
4597@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4598@subsection @t{fully_qualified_hosts} Parameter
4599@cindex fully_qualified_hosts Parameter
4600
4601(type=string, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will perform RPC
4602authentication using fully-qualified host names.  This is necessary for
4603some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting.  For
4604this function to work, the @i{Amd} variable @samp{$@{hostd@}} is used,
4605requiring that @samp{$@{domain@}} not be null.
4606
4607@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4608@node hesiod_base Parameter, karch Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, Global Parameters
4609@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4610@subsection @t{hesiod_base} Parameter
4611@cindex hesiod_base Parameter
4612
4613(type=string, default=@samp{automount}).  Specify the base name for
4614hesiod maps.
4615
4616@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4617@node karch Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, Global Parameters
4618@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4619@subsection @t{karch} Parameter
4620@cindex karch Parameter
4621
4622(type=string, default to karch of the system).  Same as the @code{-k}
4623option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of
4624your system.  Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can
4625build one @i{Amd} binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want
4626each one to get the correct @i{karch} variable set (for example, sun4c,
4627sun4m, sun4u, etc.)  Note that if not specified, @i{Amd} will use
4628@b{uname}(2) to figure out the kernel architecture of the machine.
4629
4630@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4631@node ldap_base Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, karch Parameter, Global Parameters
4632@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4633@subsection @t{ldap_base} Parameter
4634@cindex ldap_base Parameter
4635
4636(type=string, default not set).
4637Specify the base name for LDAP.  This often includes LDAP-specific
4638values such as country and organization.
4639
4640@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4641@node ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, Global Parameters
4642@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4643@subsection @t{ldap_cache_maxmem} Parameter
4644@cindex ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter
4645
4646(type=numeric, default=131072).  Specify the maximum memory @i{Amd}
4647should use to cache LDAP entries.
4648
4649@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4650@node ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, Global Parameters
4651@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4652@subsection @t{ldap_cache_seconds} Parameter
4653@cindex ldap_cache_seconds Parameter
4654
4655(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify the number of seconds to keep
4656entries in the cache.
4657
4658@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4659@node ldap_hostports Parameter, local_domain Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, Global Parameters
4660@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4661@subsection @t{ldap_hostports} Parameter
4662@cindex ldap_hostports Parameter
4663
4664(type=string, default not set).
4665Specify the LDAP host and port values.
4666
4667@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4668@node local_domain Parameter, log_file Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, Global Parameters
4669@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4670@subsection @t{local_domain} Parameter
4671@cindex local_domain Parameter
4672
4673(type=string, default no sub-domain).  Same as the @code{-d} option
4674to @i{Amd}.  Specify the local domain name.  If this option is not given
4675the domain name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first
4676component of the fully-qualified host name.
4677
4678@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4679@node log_file Parameter, log_options Parameter, local_domain Parameter, Global Parameters
4680@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4681@subsection @t{log_file} Parameter
4682@cindex log_file Parameter
4683
4684(type=string, default=@samp{stderr}).  Same as the @code{-l} option to
4685@i{Amd}.  Specify a file name to log @i{Amd} events to.
4686If the string @samp{/dev/stderr} is specified,
4687@i{Amd} will send its events to the standard error file descriptor.
4688
4689If the string @samp{syslog} is given, @i{Amd} will record its events
4690with the system logger @b{syslogd}(8).  If your system supports syslog
4691facilities, then the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
4692
4693When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name
4694to the option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if it is
4695the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @i{Amd} will log messages via
4696@b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility.  If the facility
4697name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to @samp{LOG_DAEMON}.
4698Note: while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it
4699is generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as
4700@samp{kern}, @samp{lpr}, @samp{cron}, etc.
4701
4702@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4703@node log_options Parameter, nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, log_file Parameter, Global Parameters
4704@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4705@subsection @t{log_options} Parameter
4706@cindex log_options Parameter
4707
4708(type=string, default no logging options).  Same as the @code{-x}
4709option to @i{Amd}.  Specify any logging options for @i{Amd}.  Options
4710are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the string @samp{no} to
4711negate their meaning.  The @samp{debug} logging option is only available
4712if am-utils was configured with @code{--enable-debug}.  You can get the
4713list of supported debugging options by running @code{amd -H}.  Possible
4714values are:
4715
4716@table @samp
4717@item all
4718all messages
4719@item debug
4720debug messages
4721@item error
4722non-fatal system errors
4723@item fatal
4724fatal errors
4725@item info
4726information
4727@item map
4728map errors
4729@item stats
4730additional statistical information
4731@item user
4732non-fatal user errors
4733@item warn
4734warnings
4735@item warning
4736warnings
4737@end table
4738
4739@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4740@node nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, nfs_proto Parameter, log_options Parameter, Global Parameters
4741@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4742@subsection @t{nfs_allow_insecure_port} Parameter
4743@cindex nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter
4744
4745(type=string, default=@samp{no}).  Normally amd will refuse requests
4746coming from unprivileged ports (i.e. ports >= 1024 on Unix systems),
4747so that only privileged users and the kernel can send NFS requests to
4748it. However, some kernels (certain versions of Darwin, MacOS X, and
4749Linux) have bugs that cause them to use unprivileged ports in certain
4750situations, which causes amd to stop dead in its tracks. This
4751parameter allows amd to operate normally even on such systems, at the
4752expense of a slight decrease in the security of its operations. If you
4753see messages like ``ignoring request from foo:1234, port not
4754reserved'' in your amd log, try enabling this parameter and give it
4755another go.
4756
4757@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4758@node nfs_proto Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, Global Parameters
4759@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4760@subsection @t{nfs_proto} Parameter
4761@cindex nfs_proto Parameter
4762
4763(type=string, default to trying version tcp then udp).  By default,
4764@i{Amd} tries @code{tcp} and then @code{udp}.  This option forces the
4765overall NFS protocol used to TCP or UDP.  It overrides what is in the
4766@i{Amd} maps, and is useful when @i{Amd} is compiled with NFSv3 support
4767that may not be stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete
4768usage of NFSv3 dynamically (without having to recompile @i{Amd}) until
4769such time as NFSv3 support is desired again.
4770
4771@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4772@node nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, nfs_proto Parameter, Global Parameters
4773@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4774@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter} Parameter
4775@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter
4776
4777(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the @i{retransmit} part of the
4778@code{-t} @i{timeout.retransmit} option to @i{Amd}.  Specifies the
4779number of NFS retransmissions that the kernel will use to communicate
4780with @i{Amd}.  @xref{-t Option}.
4781
4782@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4783@node nfs_retry_interval Parameter, nfs_vers Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, Global Parameters
4784@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4785@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval} Parameter
4786@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter
4787
4788(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the @i{timeout} part of the
4789@code{-t} @i{timeout.retransmit} option to @i{Amd}.  Specifies the NFS
4790timeout interval, in @emph{tenths} of seconds, between NFS/RPC retries
4791(for UDP only).  This is the value that the kernel will use to
4792communicate with @i{Amd}.  @xref{-t Option}.
4793
4794@i{Amd} relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
4795retries.  The values of the @i{nfs_retransmit_counter} and the
4796@i{nfs_retry_interval} parameters change the overall retry interval.
4797Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too short an
4798interval causes excessive retries.
4799
4800@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4801@node nfs_vers Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, Global Parameters
4802@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4803@subsection @t{nfs_vers} Parameter
4804@cindex nfs_vers Parameter
4805
4806(type=numeric, default to trying version 3 then 2).  By default, @i{Amd}
4807tries version 3 and then version 2.  This option forces the overall NFS
4808protocol used to version 3 or 2.  It overrides what is in the @i{Amd}
4809maps, and is useful when @i{Amd} is compiled with NFSv3 support that may not
4810be stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of
4811NFSv3 dynamically (without having to recompile @i{Amd}) until such time as
4812NFSv3 support is desired again.
4813
4814@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4815@node nis_domain Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, nfs_vers Parameter, Global Parameters
4816@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4817@subsection @t{nis_domain} Parameter
4818@cindex nis_domain Parameter
4819
4820(type=string, default to local NIS domain name).  Same as the
4821@code{-y} option to @i{Amd}.  Specify an alternative NIS domain from
4822which to fetch the NIS maps.  The default is the system domain name.
4823This option is ignored if NIS support is not available.
4824
4825@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4826@node normalize_hostnames Parameter, os Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, Global Parameters
4827@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4828@subsection @t{normalize_hostnames} Parameter
4829@cindex normalize_hostnames Parameter
4830
4831(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-n} option to @i{Amd}.
4832If @samp{yes}, then the name referred to by @code{$@{rhost@}} is normalized
4833relative to the host database before being used.  The effect is to
4834translate aliases into ``official'' names.
4835
4836@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4837@node os Parameter, osver Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, Global Parameters
4838@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4839@subsection @t{os} Parameter
4840@cindex os Parameter
4841
4842(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the @code{-O}
4843option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the
4844operating system.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for
4845backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in name is
4846@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to @samp{sos5}, and use older maps
4847which were written with the latter in mind.
4848
4849
4850@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4851@node osver Parameter, pid_file Parameter, os Parameter, Global Parameters
4852@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4853@subsection @t{osver} Parameter
4854@cindex osver Parameter
4855
4856(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the @code{-o}
4857option to @i{Amd}.  Allows you to override the compiled-in version
4858number of the operating system.  Useful when the built-in version is not
4859desired for backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build
4860in version is @samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use
4861older maps that were written with the latter in mind.
4862
4863@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4864@node pid_file Parameter, plock Parameter, osver Parameter, Global Parameters
4865@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4866@subsection @t{pid_file} Parameter
4867@cindex pid_file Parameter
4868
4869(type=string, default=@samp{/dev/stdout}).  Specify a file to store the process
4870ID of the running daemon into.  If not specified, @i{Amd} will print its
4871process id onto the standard output.  Useful for killing @i{Amd} after
4872it had run.  Note that the PID of a running @i{Amd} can also be
4873retrieved via @i{Amq} (@pxref{Amq -p option}).
4874
4875This file is used only if the @samp{print_pid} option is on
4876(@pxref{print_pid Parameter}).
4877
4878@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4879@node plock Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, pid_file Parameter, Global Parameters
4880@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4881@subsection @t{plock} Parameter
4882@cindex plock Parameter
4883
4884(type=boolean, default=@samp{yes}).  Same as the @code{-S} option to @i{Amd}.
4885If @samp{yes}, lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory.
4886To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3)
4887call can lock the @i{Amd} process into memory.  This way there is less
4888chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
4889@i{Amd} process as needed.  This improves @i{Amd}'s performance, at the
4890cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making it
4891unavailable for other processes).
4892
4893@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4894@node portmap_program Parameter, print_pid Parameter, plock Parameter, Global Parameters
4895@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4896@subsection @t{portmap_program} Parameter
4897@cindex portmap_program Parameter
4898
4899(type=numeric, default=300019).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC
4900program number, other than the official number.  This is useful when
4901running multiple @i{Amd} processes.  For example, you can run another
4902@i{Amd} in ``test'' mode, without affecting the primary @i{Amd} process
4903in any way.  For safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can
4904be specified must be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive.  @i{Amq} has
4905an option @code{-P} which can be used to specify an alternate program
4906number of an @i{Amd} to contact.  In this way, amq can fully control any
4907number of @i{Amd} processes running on the same host.
4908
4909@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4910@node print_pid Parameter, print_version Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, Global Parameters
4911@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4912@subsection @t{print_pid} Parameter
4913@cindex print_pid Parameter
4914
4915(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-p} option to @i{Amd}.
4916If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will print its process ID upon starting.
4917
4918@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4919@node print_version Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, print_pid Parameter, Global Parameters
4920@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4921@subsection @t{print_version} Parameter
4922@cindex print_version Parameter
4923
4924(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-v} option to @i{Amd},
4925but the version prints and @i{Amd} continues to run.  If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd}
4926will print its version information string, which includes some
4927configuration and compilation values.
4928
4929@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4930@node restart_mounts Parameter, selectors_in_defaults Parameter, print_version Parameter, Global Parameters
4931@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4932@subsection @t{restart_mounts} Parameter
4933@cindex restart_mounts Parameter
4934
4935(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  Same as the @code{-r} option to @i{Amd}.
4936If @samp{yes} @i{Amd} will scan the mount table to determine which file
4937systems are currently mounted.  Whenever one of these would have been
4938auto-mounted, @i{Amd} inherits it.
4939
4940@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4941@node selectors_in_defaults Parameter, show_statfs_entries Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, Global Parameters
4942@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4943@subsection @t{selectors_in_defaults} Parameter
4944@cindex selectors_in_defaults Parameter
4945
4946(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then the @samp{/defaults} entry of
4947maps will search for and process any selectors before setting defaults
4948for all other keys in that map.  Useful when you want to set different
4949options for a complete map based on some parameters.  For example, you
4950may want to better the NFS performance over slow slip-based networks as
4951follows:
4952
4953@example
4954/defaults \
4955    wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \
4956    wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192
4957@end example
4958
4959Deprecated form: selectors_on_default.
4960
4961@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4962@node show_statfs_entries Parameter, unmount_on_exit Parameter, selectors_in_defaults Parameter, Global Parameters
4963@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4964@subsection @t{show_statfs_entries} Parameter
4965@cindex show_statfs_entries Parameter
4966
4967(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then all maps which are
4968browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when
4969@b{df}(1) runs. (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to
4970the @b{statfs}(2) system call).
4971
4972@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4973@node unmount_on_exit Parameter, vendor Parameter, show_statfs_entries Parameter, Global Parameters
4974@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4975@subsection @t{unmount_on_exit} Parameter
4976@cindex unmount_on_exit Parameter
4977
4978(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}).  If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd} will attempt
4979to unmount all file systems which it knows about.  Normally it leaves
4980all (esp. NFS) mounted file systems intact.  Note that @i{Amd} does not
4981know about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the
4982@samp{restart_mounts} option is used (@pxref{restart_mounts Parameter}).
4983
4984@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
4985@node vendor Parameter, , unmount_on_exit Parameter, Global Parameters
4986@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4987@subsection @t{vendor} Parameter
4988@cindex vendor Parameter
4989
4990(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The name of the vendor of
4991the operating system.  Overrides the compiled-in vendor name.  Useful
4992when the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, most Intel based
4993systems set the vendor name to @samp{unknown}, but you can set it to
4994@samp{redhat}.
4995
4996@c ================================================================
4997@node Regular Map Parameters, amd.conf Examples, Global Parameters, Amd Configuration File
4998@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
4999@section Regular Map Parameters
5000@cindex amd.conf regular map parameters
5001
5002The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections.
5003
5004@menu
5005* map_name Parameter::
5006* tag Parameter::     
5007@end menu
5008
5009@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5010@node map_name Parameter, tag Parameter, Regular Map Parameters, Regular Map Parameters
5011@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5012@subsection map_name Parameter
5013@cindex map_name Parameter
5014
5015(type=string, must be specified).  Name of the map where the keys are
5016located.
5017
5018@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5019@node tag Parameter, , map_name Parameter, Regular Map Parameters
5020@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5021@subsection tag Parameter
5022@cindex tag Parameter
5023
5024(type=string, default no tag).  Each map entry in the configuration file
5025can be tagged.  If no tag is specified, that map section will always be
5026processed by @i{Amd}.  If it is specified, then @i{Amd} will process the map
5027if the @code{-T} option was given to @i{Amd}, and the value given to that
5028command-line option matches that in the map section.
5029
5030@c ================================================================
5031@node amd.conf Examples, , Regular Map Parameters, Amd Configuration File
5032@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5033@section amd.conf Examples
5034@cindex amd.conf examples
5035
5036The following is the actual @code{amd.conf} file I use at the
5037Computer Science Department of Columbia University.
5038
5039@example
5040# GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION
5041[ global ]
5042normalize_hostnames =    no
5043print_pid =              no
5044#pid_file =              /var/run/amd.pid
5045restart_mounts =         yes
5046#unmount_on_exit =       yes
5047auto_dir =               /n
5048log_file =               /var/log/amd
5049log_options =            all
5050#debug_options =         all
5051plock =                  no
5052selectors_in_defaults =  yes
5053# config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet
5054os =                     sos5
5055# if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it.
5056print_version =          no
5057map_type =               file
5058search_path =            /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib
5059browsable_dirs =         yes
5060fully_qualified_hosts =  no
5061
5062# DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT
5063[ /u ]
5064map_name =               amd.u
5065                         
5066[ /proj ]                
5067map_name =               amd.proj
5068                         
5069[ /src ]                 
5070map_name =               amd.src
5071                         
5072[ /misc ]                
5073map_name =               amd.misc
5074                         
5075[ /import ]              
5076map_name =               amd.import
5077                         
5078[ /tftpboot/.amd ]       
5079tag =                    tftpboot
5080map_name =               amd.tftpboot
5081@end example
5082
5083@c ################################################################
5084@node Run-time Administration, FSinfo, Amd Configuration File, Top
5085@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5086@chapter Run-time Administration
5087@cindex Run-time administration
5088@cindex Amq command
5089
5090@menu
5091* Starting Amd::
5092* Stopping Amd::
5093* Restarting Amd::
5094* Controlling Amd::
5095@end menu
5096
5097@node Starting Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration, Run-time Administration
5098@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5099@section Starting @i{Amd}
5100@cindex Starting Amd
5101@cindex Additions to /etc/rc.local
5102@cindex /etc/rc.local additions
5103@cindex ctl-amd
5104
5105@i{Amd} is best started from @samp{/etc/rc.local} on BSD systems, or
5106from the appropriate start-level script in @samp{/etc/init.d} on System V
5107systems.
5108
5109@example
5110if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then
5111    /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console
5112fi
5113@end example
5114
5115@noindent
5116The shell script, @samp{ctl-amd} is used to start, stop, or restart
5117@i{Amd}.  It is a relatively generic script.  All options you want to
5118set should not be made in this script, but rather updated in the
5119@file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}.
5120
5121If you do not wish to use an @i{Amd} configuration file, you may start
5122@i{Amd} manually.  For example, getting the map entries via NIS:
5123
5124@example
5125amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master`
5126@end example
5127
5128@node Stopping Amd, Restarting Amd, Starting Amd, Run-time Administration
5129@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5130@section Stopping @i{Amd}
5131@cindex Stopping Amd
5132@cindex SIGTERM signal
5133@cindex SIGINT signal
5134
5135@i{Amd} stops in response to two signals.
5136
5137@table @samp
5138@item SIGTERM
5139causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then @i{Amd}
5140to exit.  Any automounted filesystems are left mounted.  They can be
5141recovered by restarting @i{Amd} with the @code{-r} command line option.@refill
5142
5143@item SIGINT
5144causes @i{Amd} to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has
5145automounted, in addition to the actions of @samp{SIGTERM}.  This signal
5146is primarily used for debugging.@refill
5147@end table
5148
5149Actions taken for other signals are undefined.
5150
5151The easiest and safest way to stop @i{Amd}, without having to find its
5152process ID by hand, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script, as with:
5153
5154@example
5155ctl-amd stop
5156@end example
5157
5158@node Restarting Amd, Controlling Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration
5159@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5160@section Restarting @i{Amd}
5161@cindex Restarting Amd
5162@cindex Killing and starting Amd
5163
5164Before @i{Amd} can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other
5165@i{Amd} processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the
5166previous process(es) have terminated cleanly.  When a terminating signal
5167is set to @i{Amd}, the automounter does @emph{not} terminate right then.
5168Rather, it starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the
5169background, and then terminates.  It usually takes a few seconds for
5170this process to happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time.  If
5171two or more @i{Amd} processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it
5172usually will result in a system lockup.
5173
5174The easiest and safest way to restart @i{Amd}, without having to find
5175its process ID by hand, sending it the @samp{SIGTERM} signal, waiting for @i{Amd}
5176to die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script,
5177as with:
5178
5179@example
5180ctl-amd restart
5181@end example
5182
5183The script will locate the process ID of @i{Amd}, kill it, and wait for
5184it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter.
5185@file{ctl-amd} will wait for a total of 30 seconds for @i{Amd} to die,
5186and will check once every 5 seconds if it had.
5187
5188@node Controlling Amd, , Restarting Amd, Run-time Administration
5189@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5190@section Controlling @i{Amd}
5191@cindex Controlling Amd
5192@cindex Discovering what is going on at run-time
5193@cindex Listing currently mounted filesystems
5194
5195It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control
5196over some of @i{Amd}'s internal state.  To support this requirement,
5197@i{Amd} implements an RPC interface which is used by the @dfn{Amq} program.
5198A variety of information is available.
5199
5200@i{Amq} generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter option,
5201to a list of mount points.  The default operation is to obtain statistics
5202about each mount point.  This is similar to the output shown above
5203but includes information about the number and type of accesses to each
5204mount point.
5205
5206@menu
5207* Amq default::       Default command behavior.
5208* Amq -f option::     Flushing the map cache.
5209* Amq -h option::     Controlling a non-local host.
5210* Amq -H-option::     Print help message.
5211* Amq -l option::     Controlling the log file.
5212* Amq -m option::     Obtaining mount statistics.
5213* Amq -p option::     Getting Amd's process ID.
5214* Amq -P-option::     Contacting alternate Amd processes.
5215* Amq -s option::     Obtaining global statistics.
5216* Amq -T option::     Use TCP transport.
5217* Amq -U-option::     Use UDP transport.
5218* Amq -u option::     Forcing volumes to time out.
5219* Amq -v option::     Version information.
5220* Amq -w option::     Print Amd current working directory.
5221* Other Amq options:: Three other special options.
5222@end menu
5223
5224@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5225@node Amq default, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd, Controlling Amd
5226@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5227@subsection @i{Amq} default information
5228
5229With no arguments, @dfn{Amq} obtains a brief list of all existing
5230mounts created by @i{Amd}.  This is different from the list displayed by
5231@b{df}(1) since the latter only includes system mount points.
5232
5233@noindent
5234The output from this option includes the following information:
5235
5236@itemize @bullet
5237@item
5238the automount point,
5239@item
5240the filesystem type,
5241@item
5242the mount map or mount information,
5243@item
5244the internal, or system mount point.
5245@end itemize
5246
5247@noindent
5248For example:
5249
5250@example
5251/            root   "root"                    sky:(pid75)
5252/homes       toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes  /homes
5253/home        toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home   /home
5254/homes/jsp   nfs    charm:/home/charm         /a/charm/home/charm/jsp
5255/homes/phjk  nfs    toytown:/home/toytown     /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk
5256@end example
5257
5258@noindent
5259If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will
5260be output.  For example:
5261
5262@example
5263What         Uid   Getattr Lookup RdDir   RdLnk   Statfs Mounted@@
5264/homes       0     1196    512    22      0       30     90/09/14 12:32:55
5265/homes/jsp   0     0       0      0       1180    0      90/10/13 12:56:58
5266@end example
5267
5268@table @code
5269@item What
5270the volume name.
5271
5272@item Uid
5273ignored.
5274
5275@item Getattr
5276the count of NFS @dfn{getattr} requests on this node.  This should only be
5277non-zero for directory nodes.
5278
5279@item Lookup
5280the count of NFS @dfn{lookup} requests on this node.  This should only be
5281non-zero for directory nodes.
5282
5283@item RdDir
5284the count of NFS @dfn{readdir} requests on this node.  This should only
5285be non-zero for directory nodes.
5286
5287@item RdLnk
5288the count of NFS @dfn{readlink} requests on this node.  This should be
5289zero for directory nodes.
5290
5291@item Statfs
5292the count of NFS @dfn{statfs} requests on this node.  This should only
5293be non-zero for top-level automount points.
5294
5295@item Mounted@@
5296the date and time the volume name was first referenced.
5297@end table
5298
5299@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5300@node Amq -f option, Amq -h option, Amq default, Controlling Amd
5301@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5302@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-f} option
5303@cindex Flushing the map cache
5304@cindex Map cache, flushing
5305
5306The @code{-f} option causes @i{Amd} to flush the internal mount map cache.
5307This is useful for example in Hesiod maps since @i{Amd} will not
5308automatically notice when they have been updated.  The map cache can
5309also be synchronized with the map source by using the @samp{sync} option
5310(@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).@refill
5311
5312@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5313@node Amq -h option, Amq -H-option, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd
5314@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5315@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-h} option
5316@cindex Querying an alternate host
5317
5318By default the local host is used.  In an HP-UX cluster the root server
5319is used since that is the only place in the cluster where @i{Amd} will
5320be running.  To query @i{Amd} on another host the @code{-h} option should
5321be used.
5322
5323@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5324@node Amq -H-option, Amq -l option, Amq -h option, Controlling Amd
5325@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5326@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-H} option
5327@cindex Displaying brief help
5328@cindex Help; showing from Amq
5329
5330Print a brief help and usage string.
5331
5332@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5333@node Amq -l option, Amq -m option, Amq -H-option, Controlling Amd
5334@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5335@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-l} option
5336@cindex Resetting the Amd log file
5337@cindex Setting the Amd log file via Amq
5338@cindex Log file, resetting
5339
5340Tell @i{Amd} to use @i{log_file} as the log file name.  For security
5341reasons, this @emph{must} be the same log file which @i{Amd} used when
5342started.  This option is therefore only useful to refresh @i{Amd}'s open
5343file handle on the log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed
5344via daily cron jobs.
5345
5346@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5347@node Amq -m option, Amq -p option, Amq -l option, Controlling Amd
5348@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5349@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-m} option
5350
5351The @code{-m} option displays similar information about mounted
5352filesystems, rather than automount points.  The output includes the
5353following information:
5354
5355@itemize @bullet
5356@item
5357the mount information,
5358@item
5359the mount point,
5360@item
5361the filesystem type,
5362@item
5363the number of references to this filesystem,
5364@item
5365the server hostname,
5366@item
5367the state of the file server,
5368@item
5369any error which has occurred.
5370@end itemize
5371
5372For example:
5373
5374@example
5375"root"           truth:(pid602)     root   1 localhost is up
5376hesiod.home      /home              toplvl 1 localhost is up
5377hesiod.vol       /vol               toplvl 1 localhost is up
5378hesiod.homes     /homes             toplvl 1 localhost is up
5379amy:/home/amy    /a/amy/home/amy    nfs    5 amy is up
5380swan:/home/swan  /a/swan/home/swan  nfs    0 swan is up (Permission denied)
5381ex:/home/ex      /a/ex/home/ex      nfs    0 ex is down
5382@end example
5383
5384When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but
5385the mount point and server information is still being maintained
5386by @i{Amd}.
5387
5388@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5389@ignore
5390@comment Retained for future consideration: from the description of the
5391@comment amq -M option removed in amd 6.0.5.
5392
5393A future release of @i{Amd} will include code to allow the @b{mount}(8)
5394command to mount automount points:
5395
5396@example
5397mount -t amd /vol hesiod.vol
5398@end example
5399
5400This will then allow @i{Amd} to be controlled from the standard system
5401filesystem mount list.
5402
5403@end ignore
5404
5405@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5406@node Amq -p option, Amq -P-option, Amq -m option, Controlling Amd
5407@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5408@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-p} option
5409@cindex Process ID; Amd
5410@cindex Amd's process ID
5411@cindex Amd's PID
5412@cindex PID; Amd
5413
5414Return the process ID of the remote or locally running @i{Amd}.  Useful
5415when you need to send a signal to the local @i{Amd} process, and would
5416rather not have to search through the process table.  This option is
5417used in the @file{ctl-amd} script.
5418
5419@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5420@node Amq -P-option, Amq -s option, Amq -p option, Controlling Amd
5421@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5422@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-P} option
5423@cindex Multiple Amd processes
5424@cindex Running multiple Amd
5425@cindex Debugging a new Amd configuration
5426@cindex RPC Program numbers; Amd
5427
5428Contact an alternate running @i{Amd} that had registered itself on a
5429different RPC @var{program_number} and apply all other operations to
5430that instance of the automounter.  This is useful when you run multiple
5431copies of @i{Amd}, and need to manage each one separately.  If not
5432specified, @i{Amq} will use the default program number for @i{Amd}, 300019.
5433For security reasons, the only alternate program numbers @i{Amd} can use
5434range from 300019 to 300029, inclusive.
5435
5436For example, to kill an alternate running @i{Amd}:
5437
5438@example
5439kill `amq -p -P 300020`
5440@end example
5441
5442@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5443@node Amq -s option, Amq -T option, Amq -P-option, Controlling Amd
5444@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5445@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-s} option
5446@cindex Global statistics
5447@cindex Statistics
5448
5449The @code{-s} option displays global statistics.  If any other options are specified
5450or any filesystems named then this option is ignored.  For example:
5451
5452@example
5453requests  stale     mount     mount     unmount
5454deferred  fhandles  ok        failed    failed
54551054      1         487       290       7017
5456@end example
5457
5458@table @samp
5459@item Deferred requests
5460are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed.  For
5461example, this would happen if a background mount was required.
5462
5463@item Stale filehandles
5464counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to @i{Amd}.
5465Large numbers indicate problems.
5466
5467@item Mount ok
5468counts the number of automounts which were successful.
5469
5470@item Mount failed
5471counts the number of automounts which failed.
5472
5473@item Unmount failed
5474counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted.  Very
5475large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount attempts
5476should be increased.
5477@end table
5478
5479@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5480@node Amq -T option, Amq -U-option, Amq -s option, Controlling Amd
5481@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5482@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-T} option
5483@cindex Forcing Amq to use a TCP transport
5484@cindex TCP; using with Amq
5485
5486The @code{-T} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the TCP
5487transport only (connection oriented).  Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP
5488first, and if that failed, will try UDP.
5489
5490@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5491@node Amq -U-option, Amq -u option, Amq -T option, Controlling Amd
5492@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5493@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-U} option
5494@cindex Forcing Amq to use a UDP transport
5495@cindex UDP; using with Amq
5496
5497The @code{-U} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the UDP
5498transport only (connectionless).  Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP first,
5499and if that failed, will try UDP.
5500
5501@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5502@node Amq -u option, Amq -v option, Amq -U-option, Controlling Amd
5503@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5504@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-u} option
5505@cindex Forcing filesystem to time out
5506@cindex Unmounting a filesystem
5507
5508The @code{-u} option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount
5509points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt.  This is the only
5510safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem.  It is not possible to
5511unmount a filesystem which has been mounted with the @samp{nounmount}
5512flag.
5513
5514@c The @code{-H} option informs @i{Amd} that the specified mount point
5515@c has hung - as if its keepalive timer had expired.
5516
5517@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5518@node Amq -v option, Amq -w option, Amq -u option, Controlling Amd
5519@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5520@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-v} option
5521@cindex Version information at run-time
5522
5523The @code{-v} option displays the version of @i{Amd} in a similar way to
5524@i{Amd}'s @code{-v} option.
5525
5526@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5527@node Amq -w option, Other Amq options, Amq -v option, Controlling Amd
5528@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5529@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-w} option
5530@cindex Getting real working directory
5531
5532The @code{-w} option translates a full pathname as returned by
5533@b{getpwd}(3) into a short @i{Amd} pathname that goes through its mount
5534points.  This option requires that @i{Amd} is running.
5535
5536@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
5537@node Other Amq options, , Amq -w option, Controlling Amd
5538@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5539@subsection Other @i{Amq} options
5540@cindex Logging options via Amq
5541@cindex Debugging options via Amq
5542
5543Two other operations are implemented.  These modify the state of @i{Amd}
5544as a whole, rather than any particular filesystem.  The @code{-x} and
5545@code{-D} options have exactly the same effect as @i{Amd}'s corresponding
5546command line options.
5547
5548When @i{Amd} receives a @code{-x} flag it limits the log options being
5549modified to those which were not enabled at startup.  This prevents a
5550user turning @emph{off} any logging option which was specified at
5551startup, though any which have been turned on since then can still be
5552turned off.  The @code{-D} option has a similar behavior.
5553
5554@c ################################################################
5555@node FSinfo, Hlfsd, Run-time Administration, Top
5556@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5557@chapter FSinfo
5558@cindex FSinfo
5559@cindex Filesystem info package
5560
5561XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with
5562fsinfo.
5563
5564@menu
5565* FSinfo Overview::                 Introduction to FSinfo.
5566* Using FSinfo::                    Basic concepts.
5567* FSinfo Grammar::                  Language syntax, semantics and examples.
5568* FSinfo host definitions::         Defining a new host.
5569* FSinfo host attributes::          Definable host attributes. 
5570* FSinfo filesystems::              Defining locally attached filesystems.
5571* FSinfo static mounts::            Defining additional static mounts.
5572* FSinfo automount definitions::
5573* FSinfo Command Line Options::
5574* FSinfo errors::
5575@end menu
5576
5577@node FSinfo Overview, Using FSinfo, FSinfo, FSinfo
5578@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5579@section @i{FSinfo} overview
5580@cindex FSinfo overview
5581
5582@i{FSinfo} is a filesystem management tool.  It has been designed to
5583work with @i{Amd} to help system administrators keep track of the ever
5584increasing filesystem namespace under their control.
5585
5586The purpose of @i{FSinfo} is to generate all the important standard
5587filesystem data files from a single set of input data.  Starting with a
5588single data source guarantees that all the generated files are
5589self-consistent.  One of the possible output data formats is a set of
5590@i{Amd} maps which can be used amongst the set of hosts described in the
5591input data.
5592
5593@i{FSinfo} implements a declarative language.  This language is
5594specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical
5595layouts.  The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including
5596its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access
5597permissions.  @i{FSinfo} reads this information and builds an internal
5598map of the entire network of hosts.  Using this map, many different data
5599formats can be produced including @file{/etc/fstab},
5600@file{/etc/exports}, @i{Amd} mount maps and
5601@file{/etc/bootparams}.@refill
5602
5603@node Using FSinfo, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo Overview, FSinfo
5604@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5605@section Using @i{FSinfo}
5606@cindex Using FSinfo
5607
5608The basic strategy when using @i{FSinfo} is to gather all the
5609information about all disks on all machines into one set of
5610declarations.  For each machine being managed, the following data is
5611required:
5612
5613@itemize @bullet
5614@item
5615Hostname
5616@item
5617List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points.
5618@item
5619Names of volumes stored on each filesystem.
5620@item
5621NFS export information for each volume.
5622@item
5623The list of static filesystem mounts.
5624@end itemize
5625
5626The following information can also be entered into the same
5627configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place.
5628
5629@itemize @bullet
5630@item
5631List of network interfaces
5632@item
5633IP address of each interface
5634@item
5635Hardware address of each interface
5636@item
5637Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs
5638@item
5639and more @dots{}
5640@end itemize
5641
5642To generate @i{Amd} mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined
5643(@pxref{FSinfo automount definitions}).  This will have been designed at
5644the time the volume names were allocated.  Some volume names will not be
5645automounted, so @i{FSinfo} needs an explicit list of which volumes
5646should be automounted.@refill
5647
5648Hostnames are required at several places in the @i{FSinfo} language.  It
5649is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified
5650names.  Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion.
5651
5652Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the set
5653of hosts being managed with @i{FSinfo}.  The required action is to add a
5654dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required.  Since
5655the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them,
5656the exact values used is not critical.
5657
5658@node FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo host definitions, Using FSinfo, FSinfo
5659@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5660@section @i{FSinfo} grammar
5661@cindex FSinfo grammar
5662@cindex Grammar, FSinfo
5663
5664@i{FSinfo} has a relatively simple grammar.  Distinct syntactic
5665constructs exist for each of the different types of data, though they
5666share a common flavor.  Several conventions are used in the grammar
5667fragments below.
5668
5669The notation, @i{list(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates a list of zero or more
5670@t{xxx}'s.  The notation, @i{opt(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates zero or one
5671@t{xxx}.  Items in double quotes, @i{eg} @t{"host"}, represent input
5672tokens.  Items in angle brackets, @i{eg} @var{<hostname>}, represent
5673strings in the input.  Strings need not be in double quotes, except to
5674differentiate them from reserved words.  Quoted strings may include the
5675usual set of C ``@t{\}'' escape sequences with one exception: a
5676backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into a single space
5677character.  To defeat this feature, put a further backslash at the start
5678of the second line.
5679
5680At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a
5681sequence of host and automount declarations.  These declarations are
5682all parsed before they are analyzed.  This means they can appear in
5683any order and cyclic host references are possible.
5684
5685@example
5686fsinfo      : @i{list(}fsinfo_attr@i{)} ;
5687
5688fsinfo_attr : host | automount ;
5689@end example
5690
5691@menu
5692* FSinfo host definitions::
5693* FSinfo automount definitions::
5694@end menu
5695
5696@node FSinfo host definitions, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo
5697@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5698@section @i{FSinfo} host definitions
5699@cindex FSinfo host definitions
5700@cindex Defining a host, FSinfo
5701
5702A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute
5703data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a
5704list of additional statically mounted filesystems.
5705
5706@example
5707host        : "host" host_data @i{list(}filesystem@i{@i{)}} @i{list(}mount@i{@i{)}} ;
5708@end example
5709
5710Each host must be declared in this way exactly once.  Such things as the
5711hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and the
5712cluster name are all specified within the @dfn{host data}.
5713
5714All the disks the machine has should then be described in the @dfn{list
5715of filesystems}.  When describing disks, you can specify what
5716@dfn{volname} the disk/partition should have and all such entries are
5717built up into a dictionary which can then be used for building the
5718automounter maps.
5719
5720The @dfn{list of mounts} specifies all the filesystems that should be
5721statically mounted on the machine.
5722
5723@menu
5724* FSinfo host attributes::
5725* FSinfo filesystems::
5726* FSinfo static mounts::
5727@end menu
5728
5729@node FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions , FSinfo host definitions
5730@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5731@section @i{FSinfo} host attributes
5732@cindex FSinfo host attributes
5733@cindex Defining host attributes, FSinfo
5734
5735The host data, @dfn{host_data}, always includes the @dfn{hostname}.  In
5736addition, several other host attributes can be given.
5737
5738@example
5739host_data   : @var{<hostname>}
5740            | "@{" @i{list(}host_attrs@i{)} "@}" @var{<hostname>}
5741            ;
5742
5743host_attrs  : host_attr "=" @var{<string>}
5744            | netif
5745            ;
5746
5747host_attr   : "config"
5748            | "arch"
5749            | "os"
5750            | "cluster"
5751            ;
5752@end example
5753
5754The @dfn{hostname} is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the
5755machine.
5756
5757Examples:
5758
5759@example
5760host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
5761
5762host @{
5763    os = hpux
5764    arch = hp300
5765@} dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk
5766@end example
5767
5768The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below.
5769
5770@menu
5771* netif Option:         FSinfo host netif:
5772* config Option:        FSinfo host config:
5773* arch Option:          FSinfo host arch:
5774* os Option:            FSinfo host os:
5775* cluster Option:       FSinfo host cluster:
5776@end menu
5777
5778@node FSinfo host netif, FSinfo host config, , FSinfo host attributes
5779@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5780@subsection netif Option
5781
5782This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine.
5783The interface attributes collected by @i{FSinfo} are the IP address,
5784subnet mask and hardware address.  Multiple interfaces may be defined
5785for hosts with several interfaces by an entry for each interface.  The
5786values given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything
5787else.
5788
5789@example
5790netif       : "netif" @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}netif_attrs@i{)} "@}" ;
5791
5792netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" @var{<string>} ;
5793
5794netif_attr  : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ;
5795@end example
5796
5797Examples:
5798
5799@example
5800netif ie0 @{
5801    inaddr  = 129.31.81.37
5802    netmask = 0xfffffe00
5803    hwaddr  = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5"
5804@}
5805
5806netif ec0 @{ @}
5807@end example
5808
5809@node FSinfo host config, FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host netif, FSinfo host attributes
5810@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5811@subsection config Option
5812@cindex FSinfo config host attribute
5813@cindex config, FSinfo host attribute
5814
5815This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the
5816startup scripts (@file{rc} scripts).  A simple string should immediately
5817follow the keyword.
5818
5819Example:
5820
5821@example
5822config "NFS_SERVER=true"
5823config "ZEPHYR=true"
5824@end example
5825
5826This option is currently unsupported.
5827
5828@node FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host os, FSinfo host config, FSinfo host attributes
5829@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5830@subsection arch Option
5831@cindex FSinfo arch host attribute
5832@cindex arch, FSinfo host attribute
5833
5834This defines the architecture of the machine.  For example:
5835
5836@example
5837arch = hp300
5838@end example
5839
5840This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific
5841mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported.
5842
5843@node FSinfo host os, FSinfo host cluster, FSinfo host arch, FSinfo host attributes
5844@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5845@subsection os Option
5846@cindex FSinfo os host attribute
5847@cindex os, FSinfo host attribute
5848
5849This defines the operating system type of the host.  For example:
5850
5851@example
5852os = hpux
5853@end example
5854
5855This information is used when creating the @file{fstab} files, for
5856example in choosing which format to use for the @file{fstab} entries
5857within the file.
5858
5859@node FSinfo host cluster, , FSinfo host os, FSinfo host attributes
5860@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5861@subsection cluster Option
5862@cindex FSinfo cluster host attribute
5863@cindex cluster, FSinfo host attribute
5864
5865This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs.  For
5866example:
5867
5868@example
5869cluster = "theory"
5870@end example
5871
5872The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount maps,
5873although it is currently unsupported.
5874
5875@node FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo host definitions
5876@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5877@section @i{FSinfo} filesystems
5878@cindex FSinfo filesystems
5879
5880The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine
5881attributes.  These should define all the filesystems available from this
5882machine, whether exported or not.  In addition to the device name,
5883filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount
5884options, and @samp{fsck} pass number which are needed to generate
5885@file{fstab} entries.
5886
5887@example
5888filesystem  : "fs" @var{<device>} "@{" @i{list(}fs_data@i{)} "@}" ;
5889
5890fs_data     : fs_data_attr "=" @var{<string>}
5891            | mount
5892            ;
5893
5894fs_data_attr
5895            : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno"
5896            | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log"
5897            ;
5898@end example
5899
5900Here, @var{<device>} is the device name of the disk (for example,
5901@file{/dev/dsk/2s0}).  The device name is used for building the mount
5902maps and for the @file{fstab} file.  The attributes that can be
5903specified are shown in the following section.
5904
5905The @i{FSinfo} configuration file for @code{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} is listed below.
5906
5907@example
5908host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
5909
5910fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{
5911        fstype = swap
5912@}
5913
5914fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{
5915        fstype = hfs
5916        opts = rw,noquota,grpid
5917        passno = 0;
5918        freq = 1;
5919        mount / @{ @}
5920@}
5921
5922fs /dev/dsk/1s0 @{
5923        fstype = hfs
5924        opts = defaults
5925        passno = 1;
5926        freq = 1;
5927        mount /usr @{
5928                local @{
5929                        exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian"
5930                        volname /nfs/hp300/local
5931                @}
5932        @}
5933@}
5934
5935fs /dev/dsk/2s0 @{
5936        fstype = hfs
5937        opts = defaults
5938        passno = 1;
5939        freq = 1;
5940        mount default @{
5941                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5942                volname /home/dylan/dk2
5943        @}
5944@}
5945
5946fs /dev/dsk/3s0 @{
5947        fstype = hfs
5948        opts = defaults
5949        passno = 1;
5950        freq = 1;
5951        mount default @{
5952                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5953                volname /home/dylan/dk3
5954        @}
5955@}
5956
5957fs /dev/dsk/5s0 @{
5958        fstype = hfs
5959        opts = defaults
5960        passno = 1;
5961        freq = 1;
5962        mount default @{
5963                exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
5964                volname /home/dylan/dk5
5965        @}
5966@}
5967@end example
5968
5969@menu
5970* fstype Option:        FSinfo filesystems fstype:
5971* opts Option:          FSinfo filesystems opts:
5972* passno Option:        FSinfo filesystems passno:
5973* freq Option:          FSinfo filesystems freq:
5974* mount Option:         FSinfo filesystems mount:
5975* dumpset Option:       FSinfo filesystems dumpset:
5976* log Option:           FSinfo filesystems log:
5977@end menu
5978
5979@node FSinfo filesystems fstype, FSinfo filesystems opts, , FSinfo filesystems
5980@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
5981@subsection fstype Option
5982@cindex FSinfo fstype filesystems option
5983@cindex fstype, FSinfo filesystems option
5984@cindex export, FSinfo special fstype
5985
5986This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed
5987into the @file{fstab} file as is.  The value of this option will be
5988handed to @code{mount} as the filesystem type---it should have such
5989values as @code{4.2}, @code{nfs} or @code{swap}.  The value is not
5990examined for correctness.
5991
5992There is one special case.  If the filesystem type is specified as
5993@samp{export} then the filesystem information will not be added to the
5994host's @file{fstab} information, but it will still be visible on the
5995network.  This is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced
5996volumes but which are not under full control of @i{FSinfo}.
5997
5998Example:
5999
6000@example
6001fstype = swap
6002@end example
6003
6004@node FSinfo filesystems opts, FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems fstype, FSinfo filesystems
6005@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6006@subsection opts Option
6007@cindex FSinfo opts filesystems option
6008@cindex opts, FSinfo filesystems option
6009
6010This defines any options that should be given to @b{mount}(8) in the
6011@file{fstab} file.  For example:
6012
6013@example
6014opts = rw,nosuid,grpid
6015@end example
6016
6017@node FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems opts, FSinfo filesystems
6018@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6019@subsection passno Option
6020@cindex FSinfo passno filesystems option
6021@cindex passno, FSinfo filesystems option
6022
6023This defines the @b{fsck}(8) pass number in which to check the
6024filesystem.  This value will be placed into the @file{fstab} file.
6025
6026Example:
6027
6028@example
6029passno = 1
6030@end example
6031
6032@node FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems passno, FSinfo filesystems
6033@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6034@subsection freq Option
6035@cindex FSinfo freq filesystems option
6036@cindex freq, FSinfo filesystems option
6037
6038This defines the interval (in days) between dumps.  The value is placed
6039as is into the @file{fstab} file.
6040
6041Example:
6042
6043@example
6044freq = 3
6045@end example
6046
6047@node FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems freq, FSinfo filesystems
6048@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6049@subsection mount Option
6050@cindex FSinfo mount filesystems option
6051@cindex mount, FSinfo filesystems option
6052@cindex exportfs, FSinfo mount option
6053@cindex volname, FSinfo mount option
6054@cindex sel, FSinfo mount option
6055
6056This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem.  If the
6057mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as @code{default}, then the
6058filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume
6059name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter.
6060
6061Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem may
6062be described.  The options that can be given here are @code{exportfs},
6063@code{volname} and @code{sel}.
6064
6065The format is:
6066
6067@example
6068mount       : "mount" vol_tree ;
6069
6070vol_tree    : @i{list(}vol_tree_attr@i{)} ;
6071
6072vol_tree_attr
6073            :  @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}vol_tree_info@i{)} vol_tree "@}" ;
6074
6075vol_tree_info
6076            : "exportfs" @var{<export-data>}
6077            | "volname" @var{<volname>}
6078            | "sel" @var{<selector-list>}
6079            ;
6080@end example
6081
6082Example:
6083
6084@example
6085mount default @{
6086    exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee"
6087    volname /vol/andrew
6088@}
6089@end example
6090
6091In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will have
6092an entry placed into the @file{exports} file allowing the filesystem to
6093be exported to the machines @code{dylan}, @code{dougal}, @code{florence}
6094and @code{zebedee}.  The volume name by which the filesystem will be
6095referred to remotely, is @file{/vol/andrew}.  By declaring the
6096mountpoint to be @code{default}, the filesystem will be mounted on the
6097local machine in the automounter tree, where @i{Amd} will automatically
6098inherit the mount as @file{/vol/andrew}.@refill
6099
6100@table @samp
6101@item exportfs
6102a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to.
6103This is copied, as is, into the @file{exports} file---no sanity checking
6104is performed on this string.@refill
6105
6106@item volname
6107a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the
6108filesystem.  The string is entered into a dictionary and allows you to
6109refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume name.@refill
6110
6111@item sel
6112a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector for the
6113filesystem.@refill
6114
6115@end table
6116
6117@node FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems log, FSinfo filesystems mount, FSinfo filesystems
6118@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6119@subsection dumpset Option
6120@cindex FSinfo dumpset filesystems option
6121@cindex dumpset, FSinfo filesystems option
6122
6123This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and
6124is not documented further here.
6125
6126@node FSinfo filesystems log, , FSinfo filesystems dumpset, FSinfo filesystems    
6127@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6128@subsection log Option
6129@cindex FSinfo log filesystems option
6130@cindex log, FSinfo filesystems option
6131
6132Specifies the log device for the current filesystem. This is ignored if
6133not required by the particular filesystem type.
6134
6135@node FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo automount definitions , FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions
6136@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6137@section @i{FSinfo} static mounts
6138@cindex FSinfo static mounts
6139@cindex Statically mounts filesystems, FSinfo
6140
6141Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems.  For
6142example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will
6143have no @code{fs} declarations.  In this case the @code{mount}
6144declaration is used to determine from where its filesystems will be
6145mounted.  In addition to being added to the @file{fstab} file, this
6146information can also be used to generate a suitable @file{bootparams}
6147file.@refill
6148
6149@example
6150mount       : "mount" @var{<volname>} @i{list(}localinfo@i{)} ;
6151
6152localinfo   : localinfo_attr @var{<string>} ;
6153
6154localinfo_attr
6155            : "as"
6156            | "from"
6157            | "fstype"
6158            | "opts"
6159            ;
6160@end example
6161
6162The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the
6163dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts'
6164definitions.
6165
6166The attributes have the following semantics:
6167@table @samp
6168@item from @var{machine}
6169mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of
6170@dfn{machine}.@refill
6171
6172@item as @var{mountpoint}
6173mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is
6174different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem.
6175
6176@item opts @var{options}
6177native @b{mount}(8) options.
6178
6179@item fstype @var{type}
6180type of filesystem to be mounted.
6181@end table
6182
6183An example:
6184
6185@example
6186mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local
6187@end example
6188
6189If the mountpoint specified is either @file{/} or @file{swap}, the
6190machine will be considered to be booting off the net and this will be
6191noted for use in generating a @file{bootparams} file for the host which
6192owns the filesystems.
6193
6194@node FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo
6195@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6196@section Defining an @i{Amd} Mount Map in @i{FSinfo}
6197@cindex FSinfo automount definitions
6198@cindex Defining an Amd mount map, FSinfo
6199
6200The maps used by @i{Amd} can be constructed from @i{FSinfo} by defining
6201all the automount trees.  @i{FSinfo} takes all the definitions found and
6202builds one map for each top level tree.
6203
6204The automount tree is usually defined last.  A single automount
6205configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain.  One
6206@code{automount} declaration is needed for each @i{Amd} automount point.
6207@i{FSinfo} determines whether the automount point is @dfn{direct}
6208(@pxref{Direct Automount Filesystem}) or @dfn{indirect}
6209(@pxref{Top-level Filesystem}).  Direct automount points are
6210distinguished by the fact that there is no underlying
6211@dfn{automount_tree}.@refill
6212
6213@example
6214automount   : "automount" @i{opt(}auto_opts@i{)} automount_tree ;
6215
6216auto_opts   : "opts" @var{<mount-options>} ;
6217
6218automount_tree
6219            : @i{list(}automount_attr@i{)}
6220            ;
6221
6222automount_attr
6223            : @var{<string>} "=" @var{<volname>}
6224            | @var{<string>} "->" @var{<symlink>}
6225            | @var{<string>} "@{" automount_tree "@}"
6226            ;
6227@end example
6228
6229If @var{<mount-options>} is given, then it is the string to be placed in
6230the maps for @i{Amd} for the @code{opts} option.
6231
6232A @dfn{map} is typically a tree of filesystems, for example @file{home}
6233normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in
6234the network.
6235
6236A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined
6237volume name, or it can be a tree.  A tree is represented by placing
6238braces after the name.  For example, to define a tree @file{/vol}, the
6239following map would be defined:
6240
6241@example
6242automount /vol @{ @}
6243@end example
6244
6245Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps.
6246For example:
6247
6248@example
6249automount /vol @{
6250    andrew @{ @}
6251    X11 @{ @}
6252@}
6253@end example
6254
6255In this case, @i{FSinfo} will look for volumes named @file{/vol/andrew}
6256and @file{/vol/X11} and a map entry will be generated for each.  If the
6257volumes are defined more than once, then @i{FSinfo} will generate
6258a series of alternate entries for them in the maps.@refill
6259
6260Instead of a tree, either a link (@var{name} @code{->}
6261@var{destination}) or a reference can be specified (@var{name} @code{=}
6262@var{destination}).  A link creates a symbolic link to the string
6263specified, without further processing the entry.  A reference will
6264examine the destination filesystem and optimize the reference.  For
6265example, to create an entry for @code{njw} in the @file{/homes} map,
6266either of the two forms can be used:@refill
6267
6268@example
6269automount /homes @{
6270    njw -> /home/dylan/njw
6271@}
6272@end example
6273
6274or
6275
6276@example
6277automount /homes @{
6278    njw = /home/dylan/njw
6279@}
6280@end example
6281
6282In the first example, when @file{/homes/njw} is referenced from @i{Amd},
6283a link will be created leading to @file{/home/dylan/njw} and the
6284automounter will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename.
6285The map entry would be:
6286
6287@example
6288njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw
6289@end example
6290
6291In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and found
6292to be in the filesystem @file{/home/dylan} which has previously been
6293defined in the maps. Hence the map entry will look like:
6294
6295@example
6296njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw
6297@end example
6298
6299Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to @i{Amd}.
6300
6301@node FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo errors, FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo
6302@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6303@section @i{FSinfo} Command Line Options
6304@cindex FSinfo command line options
6305@cindex Command line options, FSinfo
6306
6307@i{FSinfo} is started from the command line by using the command:
6308
6309@example
6310fsinfo [@i{options}] @i{files} ...
6311@end example
6312
6313The input to @i{FSinfo} is a single set of definitions of machines and
6314automount maps.  If multiple files are given on the command-line, then
6315the files are concatenated together to form the input source.  The files
6316are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed.
6317
6318Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file.  If the
6319prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced.  The suffix
6320used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file belongs, or
6321to the type of output if only one file is produced.  Dumpsets and the
6322@file{bootparams} file are in the latter class.  To put the output into
6323a subdirectory simply put a @file{/} at the end of the prefix, making
6324sure that the directory has already been made before running
6325@i{Fsinfo}.
6326
6327@menu
6328* -a FSinfo Option::    Amd automount directory:
6329* -b FSinfo Option::    Prefix for bootparams files.
6330* -d FSinfo Option::    Prefix for dumpset data files.
6331* -e FSinfo Option::    Prefix for exports files.
6332* -f FSinfo Option::    Prefix for fstab files.
6333* -h FSinfo Option::    Local hostname.
6334* -m FSinfo Option::    Prefix for automount maps.
6335* -q FSinfo Option::    Ultra quiet mode.
6336* -v FSinfo Option::    Verbose mode.
6337* -I FSinfo Option::    Define new #include directory.
6338* -D-FSinfo Option::    Define macro.
6339* -U FSinfo Option::    Undefine macro.
6340@end menu
6341
6342@node -a FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo Command Line Options
6343@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6344@subsection @code{-a} @var{autodir}
6345
6346Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's
6347mountpoints.  This defaults to @file{/a}.  Some sites have the autodir set
6348to be @file{/amd}, and this would be achieved by:
6349
6350@example
6351fsinfo -a /amd ...
6352@end example
6353
6354@node -b FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, -a FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6355@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6356@subsection @code{-b} @var{bootparams}
6357@cindex bootparams, FSinfo prefix
6358
6359This specifies the prefix for the @file{bootparams} filename.  If it is
6360not given, then the file will not be generated.  The @file{bootparams}
6361file will be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed
6362into a file named @file{bootparams} and prefixed by this string.  The
6363file generated contains a list of entries describing each diskless
6364client that can boot from the destination machine.
6365
6366As an example, to create a @file{bootparams} file in the directory
6367@file{generic}, the following would be used:
6368
6369@example
6370fsinfo -b generic/ ...
6371@end example
6372
6373@node -d FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6374@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6375@subsection @code{-d} @var{dumpsets}
6376@cindex dumpset, FSinfo prefix
6377
6378This specifies the prefix for the @file{dumpsets} file.  If it is not
6379specified, then the file will not be generated.  The file will be for
6380the destination machine and will be placed into a filename
6381@file{dumpsets}, prefixed by this string.  The @file{dumpsets} file is
6382for use by Imperial College's local backup system.
6383
6384For example, to create a @file{dumpsets} file in the directory @file{generic},
6385then you would use the following:
6386
6387@example
6388fsinfo -d generic/ ...
6389@end example
6390
6391@node -e FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6392@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6393@subsection @code{-e} @var{exportfs}
6394@cindex exports, FSinfo prefix
6395
6396Defines the prefix for the @file{exports} files.  If it is not given,
6397then the file will not be generated.  For each machine defined in the
6398configuration files as having disks, an @file{exports} file is
6399constructed and given a filename determined by the name of the machine,
6400prefixed with this string.  If a machine is defined as diskless, then no
6401@file{exports} file will be created for it.  The files contain entries
6402for directories on the machine that may be exported to clients.
6403
6404Example: To create the @file{exports} files for each diskfull machine
6405and place them into the directory @file{exports}:
6406
6407@example
6408fsinfo -e exports/ ...
6409@end example
6410
6411@node -f FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6412@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6413@subsection @code{-f} @var{fstab}
6414@cindex fstab, FSinfo prefix
6415
6416This defines the prefix for the @file{fstab} files.  The files will only
6417be created if this prefix is defined.  For each machine defined in the
6418configuration files, a @file{fstab} file is created with the filename
6419determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine.  These
6420files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot
6421time.
6422
6423Example, to create the files in the directory @file{fstabs}:
6424
6425@example
6426fsinfo -f fstabs/ ...
6427@end example
6428
6429@node -h FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6430@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6431@subsection @code{-h} @var{hostname}
6432@cindex hostname, FSinfo command line option
6433
6434Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for.  If this
6435is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by
6436@b{gethostname}(2).
6437
6438Example:
6439
6440@example
6441fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ...
6442@end example
6443
6444@node -m FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6445@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6446@subsection @code{-m} @var{mount-maps}
6447@cindex maps, FSinfo command line option
6448
6449Defines the prefix for the automounter files.  The maps will only be
6450produced if this prefix is defined.  The mount maps suitable for the
6451network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files
6452with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map.
6453
6454For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the
6455directory @file{automaps}:
6456
6457@example
6458fsinfo -m automaps/ ...
6459@end example
6460
6461@node -q FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6462@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6463@subsection @code{-q}
6464@cindex quiet, FSinfo command line option
6465
6466Selects quiet mode.  @i{FSinfo} suppress the ``running commentary'' and
6467only outputs any error messages which are generated.
6468
6469@node -v FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6470@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6471@subsection @code{-v}
6472@cindex verbose, FSinfo command line option
6473
6474Selects verbose mode.  When this is activated, the program will display
6475more messages, and display all the information discovered when
6476performing the semantic analysis phase.  Each verbose message is output
6477to @file{stdout} on a line starting with a @samp{#} character.
6478
6479@node -D-FSinfo Option, -I FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6480@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6481@subsection @code{-D} @var{name}@i{[=defn]}
6482
6483Defines a symbol @dfn{name} for the preprocessor when reading the
6484configuration files.  Equivalent to @code{#define} directive.
6485
6486@node -I FSinfo Option, -U FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6487@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6488@subsection @code{-I} @var{directory}
6489
6490This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files.
6491It specifies directories in which to find include files
6492
6493@node -U FSinfo Option, , -I FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options
6494@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6495@subsection @code{-U} @var{name}
6496
6497Removes any initial definition of the symbol @dfn{name}.  Inverse of the
6498@code{-D} option.
6499
6500@node FSinfo errors, , FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo
6501@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6502@section Errors produced by @i{FSinfo}
6503@cindex FSinfo error messages
6504
6505The following table documents the errors and warnings which @i{FSinfo} may produce.
6506
6507@table @t
6508
6509@item " expected
6510Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string.
6511
6512@item ambiguous mount: @var{volume} is a replicated filesystem
6513If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume name, they
6514will be considered replicated filesystems.  To mount a replicated
6515filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be named, to say
6516which particular copy to try and mount, else this error will
6517result.
6518
6519@item can't open @var{filename} for writing
6520Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file.
6521
6522@item cannot determine localname since volname @var{volume} is not uniquely defined
6523If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the filesystem
6524statically without specifying a local mountpoint, @i{FSinfo} cannot
6525calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname would be
6526ambiguous.
6527
6528@item @var{device} has duplicate exportfs data
6529Produced if the @samp{exportfs} option is used multiple times within the
6530same branch of a filesystem definition. For example, if you attempt to
6531set the @samp{exportfs} data at different levels of the mountpoint
6532directory tree.
6533
6534@item dump frequency for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero
6535Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap}
6536or @samp{export} and the @samp{dump} option is set to a value greater
6537than zero.  Swap devices should not be dumped.
6538
6539@item duplicate host @var{hostname}!
6540If a host has more than one definition.
6541
6542@item end of file within comment
6543A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the configuration
6544files.
6545
6546@item @var{filename}: cannot open for reading
6547If a file specified on the command line as containing configuration data
6548could not be opened.
6549
6550@item @var{filesystem} has a volname but no exportfs data
6551Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the string
6552specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to is
6553missing.
6554
6555@item fs field "@var{field-name}" already set
6556Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the attributes of a
6557host's filesystem.
6558
6559@item host field "@var{field-name}" already set
6560If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a host
6561definition.
6562
6563@item @var{host}:@var{device} has more than one mount point
6564Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies multiple
6565trees at which to place the mountpoint.
6566
6567@item @var{host}:@var{device} has no mount point
6568Occurs if the @samp{mount} option is not specified for a host's
6569filesystem.
6570
6571@item @var{host}:@var{device} needs field "@var{field-name}"
6572Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field. @var{field-name} could
6573be one of @samp{fstype}, @samp{opts}, @samp{passno} or
6574@samp{mount}.
6575
6576@item @var{host}:mount field specified for swap partition
6577Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is declared
6578to be @samp{swap}.
6579
6580@item malformed IP dotted quad: @var{address}
6581If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified.  An
6582Internet address definition is handled to @b{inet_addr}(3N) to see if it
6583can cope.  If not, then this message will be displayed.
6584
6585@item malformed netmask: @var{netmask}
6586If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal number,
6587then this message will be displayed.  It will typically be caused by
6588incorrect characters in the @var{netmask} value.
6589
6590@item mount field "@var{field-name}" already set
6591Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same field.
6592
6593@item mount tree field "@var{field-name}" already set
6594Occurs when the @var{field-name} is defined more than once during the
6595definition of a filesystems mountpoint.
6596
6597@item netif field @var{field-name} already set
6598Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more than
6599once.
6600
6601@item network booting requires both root and swap areas
6602Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root partition
6603or the swap area, but not both.  You cannot define a machine to only
6604partially boot via the network.
6605
6606@item no disk mounts on @var{hostname}
6607If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for a
6608machine, this message will be displayed.
6609
6610@item no volname given for @var{host}:@var{device}
6611Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on @file{default}, but
6612no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint cannot
6613be determined.
6614
6615@item not allowed '/' in a directory name
6616Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is specified as
6617the name for an automounter tree.  A tree should only have one name at
6618each level.
6619
6620@item pass number for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero
6621Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap}
6622or @samp{export} and the @b{fsck}(8) pass number is set. Swap devices should not be
6623fsck'd.  @xref{FSinfo filesystems fstype}.
6624
6625@item sub-directory @var{directory} of @var{directory-tree} starts with '/'
6626Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element
6627@var{directory} of the mountpoint begins with a @samp{/} and it is not
6628the start of the tree.
6629
6630@item sub-directory of @var{directory-tree} is named "default"
6631@samp{default} is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be
6632automatically calculated by @i{FSinfo}.  If you attempt to specify a
6633directory name as this, it will use the filename of @file{default} but
6634will produce this warning.
6635
6636@item unknown \ sequence
6637Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string.  Within a
6638string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for strings, such
6639as newlines and tab characters.
6640
6641@item unknown directory attribute
6642If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a host's
6643filesystem mount option.
6644
6645@item unknown filesystem attribute
6646Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's
6647filesystems.
6648
6649@item unknown host attribute
6650Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host.
6651
6652@item unknown mount attribute
6653Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list of
6654static mounts.
6655
6656@item unknown volname @var{volume} automounted @i{[} on @i{name} @i{]}
6657Occurs if @var{volume} is used in a definition of an automount map but the volume
6658name has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
6659
6660@item volname @var{volume} is unknown
6661Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name which
6662has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
6663
6664@item volname @var{volume} not exported from @var{machine}
6665Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume @var{volume} from a machine
6666which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem
6667available.
6668
6669@end table
6670
6671@c ################################################################
6672@node Hlfsd, Assorted Tools, FSinfo, Top
6673@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6674@chapter Hlfsd
6675@pindex Hlfsd
6676@cindex Home-Link Filesystem
6677
6678@i{Hlfsd} is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a
6679symbolic link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending
6680on the user which accessed that link.  It was primarily designed to
6681redirect incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read
6682from anywhere.  It was designed and implemented by
6683@email{ezk@@cs.columbia.edu,Erez Zadok} and
6684@email{dupuy@@cs.columbia.edu,Alexander Dupuy}, at the
6685@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Computer Science Department} of
6686@uref{http://www.columbia.edu/,Columbia University}.  A
6687@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/~ezk/research/hlfsd/hlfsd.html,paper}
6688on @i{Hlfsd} was presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993.
6689
6690@i{Hlfsd} operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory
6691containing @i{linkname}, which defaults to @file{/hlfs/home}.  Lookups
6692within that directory are handled by @i{Hlfsd}, which uses the
6693password map to determine how to resolve the lookup.  The directory will
6694be created if it doesn't already exist.  The symbolic link will be to
6695the accessing user's home directory, with @i{subdir} appended to it.  If
6696not specified, @i{subdir} defaults to @file{.hlfsdir}.  This directory
6697will also be created if it does not already exist.
6698
6699A @samp{SIGTERM} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to shutdown.  A
6700@samp{SIGHUP} will flush the internal caches, and reload the password
6701map.  It will also close and reopen the log file, to enable the original
6702log file to be removed or rotated.  A @samp{SIGUSR1} will cause it to
6703dump its internal table of user IDs and home directories to the file
6704@file{/tmp/hlfsddump}.
6705
6706@menu
6707* Introduction to Hlfsd::
6708* Background to Mail Delivery::        
6709* Using Hlfsd::       
6710@end menu
6711
6712@c ================================================================
6713@node Introduction to Hlfsd, Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd, Hlfsd
6714@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6715@section Introduction to Hlfsd
6716@cindex Introduction to Hlfsd
6717@cindex Hlfsd; introduction
6718
6719Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many
6720computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over
6721time, as networks proliferate and become faster.  Providing a convenient
6722environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has
6723become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs).
6724
6725Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be logged
6726into a designated ``home'' machine, where their mailbox files reside.
6727Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail.  Since users
6728have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they often find
6729it convenient to run all of their other processes on that system as
6730well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs.  For example, in our
6731department, we have allocated and configured several multi-processor
6732servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory applications, but these were
6733underutilized, in large part due to the inconvenience of not being able
6734to read mail on those machines.  (No home directories were located on
6735these designated CPU-servers, since we did not want NFS service for
6736users' home directories to have to compete with CPU-intensive jobs.  At the
6737same time, we discouraged users from running demanding applications on
6738their home machines.)
6739
6740Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read their
6741mail on any host.  However, all of these solutions fail in one or more
6742of several ways:
6743
6744@itemize @bullet
6745
6746@item
6747they introduce new single points of failure
6748
6749@item
6750they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user agents
6751(UAs)
6752
6753@item
6754they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e.  the solution is only
6755partially successful for a particular environment.
6756
6757@end itemize
6758
6759We have designed a simple filesystem, called the @dfn{Home-Link File
6760System}, to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home
6761directories, without modification to mail-related applications. We have
6762endeavored to make it as stable as possible.  Of great importance to us
6763was to make sure the HLFS daemon, @file{hlfsd} , would not hang under
6764any circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with
6765problems.  Compared to alternative methods, @i{Hlfsd} is a stable, more
6766general solution, and easier to install/use.  In fact, in some ways, we
6767have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail
6768service.
6769
6770Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link
6771to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named symbolic
6772links to users' mailbox files.
6773
6774The @i{Hlfsd} server finds out the @var{uid} of the process that is
6775accessing its mount point, and resolves the pathname component @samp{home} as a
6776symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the
6777@var{uid}'s entry in the password file.  If the @var{gid} of the process
6778that attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called
6779HLFS_GID), then the server maps the name of the @emph{next} pathname
6780component directly to the user's mailbox.  This is necessary so that
6781access to a mailbox file by users other than the owner can succeed.  The
6782server has safety features in case of failures such as hung filesystems
6783or home directory filesystems that are inaccessible or full.
6784
6785On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory
6786@file{/var/spool/mail}. Many programs, including UAs, depend on that
6787path.  @i{Hlfsd} creates a directory @file{/mail}, and mounts itself on
6788top of that directory.  @i{Hlfsd} implements the path name component
6789called @samp{home}, pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory.
6790We have made @file{/var/spool/mail} a symbolic link to
6791@file{/mail/home}, so that accessing @file{/var/spool/mail} actually
6792causes access to a subdirectory within a user's home directory.
6793
6794The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname
6795@file{/var/mail/@i{NAME}} to @file{/users/ezk/.mailspool/@i{NAME}} proceeds.
6796
6797@multitable {Resolving Component} {Pathname left to resolve} {Value if symbolic link}
6798
6799@item @b{Resolving Component}
6800@tab @b{Pathname left to resolve}
6801@tab @b{Value if symbolic link}
6802
6803@item @t{/}
6804@tab @t{var/mail/}@i{NAME}
6805
6806@item @t{var/}
6807@tab @t{mail/}@i{NAME}
6808
6809@item @t{mail}@@
6810@tab @t{/mail/home/}@i{NAME}
6811@tab @t{mail}@@ -> @t{/mail/home}
6812
6813@item @t{/}
6814@tab @t{mail/home/}@i{NAME}
6815
6816@item @t{mail/}
6817@tab @t{home/}@i{NAME}
6818
6819@item @t{home}@@
6820@tab @i{NAME}
6821@tab @t{home}@@ -> @t{/users/ezk/.mailspool}
6822
6823@item @t{/}
6824@tab @t{users/ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6825
6826@item @t{users/}
6827@tab @t{ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6828
6829@item @t{ezk/}
6830@tab @t{.mailspool/}@i{NAME}
6831
6832@item @t{.mailspool/}
6833@tab @i{NAME}
6834
6835@item @i{NAME}
6836
6837@end multitable
6838
6839@c ================================================================
6840@node Background to Mail Delivery, Using Hlfsd, Introduction to Hlfsd, Hlfsd
6841@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6842@section Background to Mail Delivery
6843@cindex Background to Mail Delivery
6844@cindex Hlfsd; background
6845
6846This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods
6847for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used
6848by @i{Hlfsd}.
6849
6850@menu
6851* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory::
6852* Centralized Mail Spool Directory::
6853* Distributed Mail Spool Service::
6854* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?::
6855@end menu
6856
6857@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6858@node Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery, Background to Mail Delivery
6859@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6860@subsection Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
6861@cindex Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
6862
6863The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a
6864mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated ``mail
6865home'' machine of the user. The greatest advantage of this method is
6866that it is the default method most vendors provide with their systems,
6867thus very little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part.
6868All they need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on
6869which the user's mailbox file is assigned.  (Otherwise, mail is
6870delivered locally, and users find mailboxes on many machines.)
6871
6872As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems, they
6873find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing several
6874tasks concurrently.  They ask to be able to read their mail on any host
6875on the network, not just the one designated as their ``mail home''.
6876
6877@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6878@node Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Distributed Mail Spool Service, Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery
6879@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6880@subsection Centralized Mail Spool Directory
6881@cindex Centralized Mail Spool Directory
6882
6883A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have
6884all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated
6885``mail-server'' which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the
6886network.  Configuring such a system is relatively easy.  On most
6887systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two
6888configuration files in @file{/etc}.  The file-server's spool directory
6889is then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network.  In
6890small environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an
6891acceptable solution.  In our department, with a couple of hundred active
6892hosts and thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed
6893completely unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems:
6894
6895@table @b
6896
6897@item Scalability and Performance
6898
6899As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail traffic
6900has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server. Users like to run
6901mail-watchers, and read their mail often. The stress on the shared
6902infrastructure increases with every user and host added; loads on the
6903mail server would most certainly be high since all mail delivery goes
6904through that one machine.@footnote{ Delivery via NFS-mounted filesystems
6905may require usage of @samp{rpc.lockd} and @samp{rpc.statd} to provide
6906distributed file-locking, both of which are widely regarded as unstable
6907and unreliable.  Furthermore, this will degrade performance, as local
6908processes as well as remote @samp{nfsd} processes are kept busy.}  This
6909leads to lower reliability and performance.  To reduce the number of
6910concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some SAs
6911have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory.  But this
6912solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail watchers,
6913and many popular applications such as @samp{trn}, @samp{emacs},
6914@samp{csh} or @samp{ksh} check periodically for new mail, the
6915automounted directory would be effectively permanently mounted.  If it
6916gets unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most
6917likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O resources
6918by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls.
6919
6920@item Reliability
6921
6922The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very reliable.
6923Worse, since the spool directory has to be hard-mounted,@footnote{No SA
6924in their right minds would soft-mount read/write partitions --- the
6925chances for data loss are too great.} many processes which access the
6926spool directory (various shells, @samp{login}, @samp{emacs}, etc.)
6927would be hung as long as connectivity to the mail-server is severed. To
6928improve reliability, SAs may choose to backup the mail-server's spool
6929partition several times a day.  This may make things worse since reading
6930or delivering mail while backups are in progress may cause backups to be
6931inconsistent; more backups consume more backup-media resources, and
6932increase the load on the mail-server host.
6933
6934@end table
6935
6936@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
6937@node Distributed Mail Spool Service, Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery
6938@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
6939@subsection Distributed Mail Spool Service
6940@cindex Distributed Mail Spool Service
6941
6942Despite the existence of a few systems that support delivery to users'
6943home directories, mail delivery to home directories hasn't caught on.
6944We believe the main reason is that there are too many programs that
6945``know'' where mailbox files reside.  Besides the obvious (the delivery
6946program @file{/bin/mail} and mail readers like @file{/usr/ucb/Mail},
6947@samp{mush}, @samp{mm}, etc.), other programs that know mailbox location
6948are login, from, almost every shell, @samp{xbiff}, @samp{xmailbox}, and
6949even some programs not directly related to mail, such as @samp{emacs}
6950and @samp{trn}.  Although some of these programs can be configured to
6951look in different directories with the use of environment variables and
6952other resources, many of them cannot.  The overall porting work is
6953significant.
6954
6955Other methods that have yet to catch on require the use of a special
6956mail-reading server, such as IMAP or POP.  The main disadvantage of
6957these systems is that UAs need to be modified to use these services ---
6958a long and involved task.  That is why they are not popular at this
6959time.
6960
6961Several other ideas have been proposed and even used in various
6962environments.  None of them is robust.  They are mostly very
6963specialized, inflexible, and do not extend to the general case.  Some of
6964the ideas are plain bad, potentially leading to lost or corrupt mail:
6965
6966@table @b
6967
6968@item automounters
6969
6970Using an automounter such as @i{Amd} to provide a set of symbolic links
6971from the normal spool directory to user home directories is not
6972sufficient.  UAs rename, unlink, and recreate the mailbox as a regular
6973file, therefore it must be a real file, not a symbolic link.
6974Furthermore, it must reside in a real directory which is writable by the
6975UAs and MTAs.  This method may also require populating
6976@file{/var/spool/mail} with symbolic links and making sure they are
6977updated.  Making @i{Amd} manage that directory directly fails, since
6978many various lock files need to be managed as well.  Also, @i{Amd} does
6979not provide all of the NFS operations which are required to write mail
6980such as write, create, remove, and unlink.
6981
6982@item @code{$MAIL}
6983
6984Setting this variable to an automounted directory pointing to the user's
6985mail spool host only solves the problem for those programs which know
6986and use @code{$MAIL}.  Many programs don't, therefore this solution is partial
6987and of limited flexibility.  Also, it requires the SAs or the users to
6988set it themselves --- an added level of inconvenience and possible
6989failures.
6990
6991@item @t{/bin/mail}
6992
6993Using a different mail delivery agent could be the solution.  One such
6994example is @samp{hdmail}.  However, @samp{hdmail} still requires
6995modifying all UAs, the MTA's configuration, installing new daemons, and
6996changing login scripts.  This makes the system less upgradable or
6997compatible with others, and adds one more complicated system for SAs to
6998deal with.  It is not a complete solution because it still requires each
6999user have their @code{$MAIL} variable setup correctly, and that every program
7000use this variable.
7001
7002@end table
7003
7004@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7005@node Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, , Distributed Mail Spool Service, Background to Mail Delivery
7006@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7007@subsection Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
7008@cindex Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
7009@cindex Hlfsd; Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
7010
7011There are several major reasons why SAs might want to deliver mail
7012directly into the users' home directories:
7013
7014@table @b
7015
7016@item Location
7017
7018Many mail readers need to move mail from the spool directory to the
7019user's home directory.  It speeds up this operation if the two are on
7020the same filesystem.  If for some reason the user's home directory is
7021inaccessible, it isn't that useful to be able to read mail, since there
7022is no place to move it to.  In some cases, trying to move mail to a
7023non-existent or hung filesystem may result in mail loss.
7024
7025@item Distribution
7026
7027Having all mail spool directories spread among the many more filesystems
7028minimizes the chances that complete environments will grind to a halt
7029when a single server is down.  It does increase the chance that there
7030will be someone who is not able to read their mail when a machine is
7031down, but that is usually preferred to having no one be able to read
7032their mail because a centralized mail server is down.  The problem of
7033losing some mail due to the (presumably) higher chances that a user's
7034machine is down is minimized in HLFS.
7035
7036@item Security
7037
7038Delivering mail to users' home directories has another advantage ---
7039enhanced security and privacy.  Since a shared system mail spool
7040directory has to be world-readable and searchable, any user can see
7041whether other users have mail, when they last received new mail, or when
7042they last read their mail.  Programs such as @samp{finger} display this
7043information, which some consider an infringement of privacy.  While it
7044is possible to disable this feature of @samp{finger} so that remote
7045users cannot see a mailbox file's status, this doesn't prevent local
7046users from getting the information.  Furthermore, there are more
7047programs which make use of this information.  In shared environments,
7048disabling such programs has to be done on a system-wide basis, but with
7049mail delivered to users' home directories, users less concerned with
7050privacy who do want to let others know when they last received or read
7051mail can easily do so using file protection bits.
7052
7053@c Lastly, on systems that do not export their NFS filesystem with
7054@c @t{anon=0}, superusers are less likely to snoop around others' mail, as
7055@c they become ``nobodies'' across NFS.
7056
7057@end table
7058
7059In summary, delivering mail to home directories provides users the
7060functionality sought, and also avoids most of the problems just
7061discussed.
7062
7063@c ================================================================
7064@node Using Hlfsd, , Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd
7065@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7066@section Using Hlfsd
7067@cindex Using Hlfsd
7068@cindex Hlfsd; using
7069
7070@menu
7071* Controlling Hlfsd:: 
7072* Hlfsd Options::     
7073* Hlfsd Files::       
7074@end menu
7075
7076@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7077@node Controlling Hlfsd, Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd
7078@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7079@subsection Controlling Hlfsd
7080@cindex Controlling Hlfsd
7081@cindex Hlfsd; controlling
7082@pindex ctl-hlfsd
7083
7084Much the same way @i{Amd} is controlled by @file{ctl-amd}, so does
7085@i{Hlfsd} get controlled by the @file{ctl-hlfsd} script:
7086
7087@table @t
7088
7089@item ctl-hlfsd start
7090Start a new @i{Hlfsd}.
7091
7092@item ctl-hlfsd stop
7093Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}.
7094
7095@item ctl-hlfsd restart
7096Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}, wait for 10 seconds, and then start a new
7097one.  It is hoped that within 10 seconds, the previously running
7098@i{Hlfsd} terminate properly; otherwise, starting a second one could
7099cause system lockup.
7100
7101@end table
7102
7103For example, on our systems, we start @i{Hlfsd} within @file{ctl-hlfsd}
7104as follows on Solaris 2 systems:
7105
7106@example
7107hlfsd -a /var/alt_mail -x all -l /var/log/hlfsd /mail/home .mailspool
7108@end example
7109
7110The directory @file{/var/alt_mail} is a directory in the root partition
7111where alternate mail will be delivered into, when it cannot be delivered
7112into the user's home directory.
7113
7114Normal mail gets delivered into @file{/var/mail}, but on our systems,
7115that is a symbolic link to @file{/mail/home}.  @file{/mail} is managed
7116by @i{Hlfsd}, which creates a dynamic symlink named @samp{home},
7117pointing to the subdirectory @file{.mailspool} @emph{within} the
7118accessing user's home directory.  This results in mail which normally
7119should go to @file{/var/mail/@code{$USER}}, to go to
7120@file{@code{$HOME}/.mailspool/@code{$USER}}.
7121
7122@i{Hlfsd} does not create the @file{/var/mail} symlink.  This needs to
7123be created (manually) once on each host, by the system administrators,
7124as follows:
7125
7126@example
7127mv /var/mail /var/alt_mail
7128ln -s /mail/home /var/mail
7129@end example
7130
7131@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7132@node Hlfsd Options, Hlfsd Files, Controlling Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd
7133@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7134@subsection Hlfsd Options
7135@cindex Hlfsd Options
7136@cindex Hlfsd; Options
7137
7138@table @t
7139
7140@item -a @var{alt_dir}
7141Alternate directory.  The name of the directory to which the symbolic
7142link returned by @i{Hlfsd} will point, if it cannot access the home
7143directory of the user.  This defaults to @file{/var/hlfs}.  This
7144directory will be created if it doesn't exist.  It is expected that
7145either users will read these files, or the system administrators will
7146run a script to resend this ``lost mail'' to its owner.
7147
7148@item -c @var{cache-interval}
7149Caching interval.  @i{Hlfsd} will cache the validity of home directories
7150for this interval, in seconds.  Entries which have been verified within
7151the last @var{cache-interval} seconds will not be verified again, since
7152the operation could be expensive, and the entries are most likely still
7153valid.  After the interval has expired, @i{Hlfsd} will re-verify the
7154validity of the user's home directory, and reset the cache time-counter.
7155The default value for @var{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
7156
7157@item -f
7158Force fast startup.  This option tells @i{Hlfsd} to skip startup-time
7159consistency checks such as existence of mount directory, alternate spool
7160directory, symlink to be hidden under the mount directory, their
7161permissions and validity.
7162
7163@item -g @var{group}
7164Set the special group HLFS_GID to @var{group}.  Programs such as
7165@file{/usr/ucb/from} or @file{/usr/sbin/in.comsat}, which access the
7166mailboxes of other users, must be setgid @samp{HLFS_GID} to work properly.  The
7167default group is @samp{hlfs}.  If no group is provided, and there is no
7168group @samp{hlfs}, this feature is disabled.
7169
7170@item -h
7171Help.  Print a brief help message, and exit.
7172
7173@item -i @var{reload-interval}
7174Map-reloading interval.  Each @var{reload-interval} seconds, @i{Hlfsd}
7175will reload the password map.  @i{Hlfsd} needs the password map for the
7176UIDs and home directory pathnames.  @i{Hlfsd} schedules a @samp{SIGALRM} to
7177reload the password maps.  A @samp{SIGHUP} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will force it to
7178reload the maps immediately.  The default value for
7179@var{reload-interval} is 900 seconds (15 minutes.)
7180
7181@item -l @var{logfile}
7182Specify a log file to which @i{Hlfsd} will record events.  If
7183@var{logfile} is the string @samp{syslog} then the log messages will be
7184sent to the system log daemon by @b{syslog}(3), using the @samp{LOG_DAEMON}
7185facility.  This is also the default.
7186
7187@item -n
7188No verify.  @i{Hlfsd} will not verify the validity of the symbolic link
7189it will be returning, or that the user's home directory contains
7190sufficient disk-space for spooling.  This can speed up @i{Hlfsd} at the
7191cost of possibly returning symbolic links to home directories which are
7192not currently accessible or are full.  By default, @i{Hlfsd} validates
7193the symbolic-link in the background.  The @code{-n} option overrides the
7194meaning of the @code{-c} option, since no caching is necessary.
7195
7196@item -o @var{mount-options}
7197Mount options which @i{Hlfsd} will use to mount itself on top of
7198@var{dirname}.  By default, @var{mount-options} is set to @samp{ro}.  If
7199the system supports symbolic-link caching, default options are set
7200to @samp{ro,nocache}.
7201
7202@item -p
7203Print PID.  Outputs the process-id of @i{Hlfsd} to standard output where
7204it can be saved into a file.
7205
7206@item -v
7207Version.  Displays version information to standard error.
7208
7209@item -x @var{log-options}
7210Specify run-time logging options.  The options are a comma separated
7211list chosen from: @samp{fatal}, @samp{error}, @samp{user}, @samp{warn}, @samp{info}, @samp{map}, @samp{stats}, @samp{all}.
7212
7213@item -C
7214Force @i{Hlfsd} to run on systems that cannot turn off the NFS
7215attribute-cache.  Use of this option on those systems is discouraged, as
7216it may result in loss or misdelivery of mail.  The option is ignored on
7217systems that can turn off the attribute-cache.
7218
7219@item -D @var{log-options}
7220Select from a variety of debugging options.  Prefixing an option with
7221the string @samp{no} reverses the effect of that option.  Options are
7222cumulative.  The most useful option is @samp{all}.  Since this option is
7223only used for debugging other options are not documented here.  A fuller
7224description is available in the program source.  A @samp{SIGUSR1} sent
7225to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to dump its internal password map to the file
7226@file{/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX}, where @samp{XXXXXX} will be replaced
7227by a random string generated by @b{mktemp}(3) or (the more secure)
7228@b{mkstemp}(3).
7229
7230@item -P @var{password-file}
7231Read the user-name, user-id, and home directory information from the
7232file @var{password-file}.  Normally, @i{Hlfsd} will use @b{getpwent}(3)
7233to read the password database.  This option allows you to override the
7234default database, and is useful if you want to map users' mail files to
7235a directory other than their home directory.  Only the username, uid,
7236and home-directory fields of the file @var{password-file} are read and
7237checked.  All other fields are ignored.  The file @var{password-file}
7238must otherwise be compliant with Unix Version 7 colon-delimited format
7239@b{passwd}(4).
7240
7241@end table
7242
7243@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7244@node Hlfsd Files, , Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd
7245@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7246@subsection Hlfsd Files
7247@cindex Hlfsd Files
7248@cindex Hlfsd; Files
7249
7250The following files are used by @i{Hlfsd}:
7251
7252@table @file
7253
7254@item /hlfs
7255directory under which @i{Hlfsd} mounts itself and manages the symbolic
7256link @file{home}.
7257
7258@item .hlfsdir
7259default sub-directory in the user's home directory, to which the
7260@file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd} points.
7261
7262@item /var/hlfs
7263directory to which @file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd}
7264points if it is unable to verify the that user's home directory is
7265accessible.
7266
7267@end table
7268
7269For discussion on other files used by @i{Hlfsd}, see @xref{lostaltmail}, and
7270@ref{lostaltmail.conf-sample}.
7271
7272@c ################################################################
7273@node Assorted Tools, Examples, Hlfsd, Top
7274@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7275@chapter Assorted Tools
7276@cindex  Assorted Tools
7277
7278The following are additional utilities and scripts included with
7279am-utils, and get installed.
7280
7281@menu
7282* am-eject::          
7283* amd.conf-sample::   
7284* amd2ldif::          
7285* amd2sun::           
7286* automount2amd::           
7287* ctl-amd::           
7288* ctl-hlfsd::         
7289* expn::              
7290* fix-amd-map::       
7291* fixmount::          
7292* fixrmtab::          
7293* lostaltmail::       
7294* lostaltmail.conf-sample::
7295* mk-amd-map::        
7296* pawd::              
7297* redhat-ctl-amd::              
7298* wait4amd::          
7299* wait4amd2die::      
7300* wire-test::         
7301@end menu
7302
7303@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7304@node am-eject, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools, Assorted Tools
7305@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7306@section am-eject
7307@pindex am-eject
7308
7309A shell script unmounts a floppy or CD-ROM that is automounted, and
7310then attempts to eject the removable device.
7311
7312@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7313@node amd.conf-sample, amd2ldif, am-eject, Assorted Tools
7314@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7315@section amd.conf-sample
7316@pindex amd.conf-sample
7317
7318A sample @i{Amd} configuration file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}. 
7319
7320@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7321@node amd2ldif, amd2sun, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools
7322@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7323@section amd2ldif
7324@pindex amd2ldif
7325
7326A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to LDAP input files.  Use it as follows:
7327
7328@example
7329amd2ldif @i{mapname} @i{base} < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{mapfile.ldif}
7330@end example
7331
7332@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7333@node amd2sun, automount2amd, amd2ldif, Assorted Tools
7334@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7335@section amd2sun
7336@pindex amd2sun
7337
7338A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to Sun Automounter maps.  Use it as
7339follows
7340
7341@example
7342amd2sun < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{auto_mapfile}
7343@end example
7344
7345@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7346@node automount2amd, ctl-amd, amd2sun, Assorted Tools
7347@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7348@section automount2amd
7349@pindex automount2amd
7350
7351A script to convert old Sun Automounter maps to @i{Amd} maps.
7352
7353Say you have the Sun automount file @i{auto.foo}, with these two lines:
7354@example
7355home                  earth:/home
7356moon  -ro,intr        server:/proj/images
7357@end example
7358Running
7359@example
7360automount2amd auto.foo > amd.foo
7361@end example
7362
7363will produce the @i{Amd} map @i{amd.foo} with this content:
7364
7365@example
7366# generated by automount2amd on Sat Aug 14 17:59:32 US/Eastern 1999
7367
7368/defaults \\
7369  type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600
7370
7371home \
7372  host==earth;type:=link;fs:=/home \\
7373  rhost:=earth;rfs:=/home
7374
7375moon \
7376  -addopts:=ro,intr \\
7377  host==server;type:=link;fs:=/proj/images \\
7378  rhost:=server;rfs:=/proj/images
7379@end example
7380
7381This perl script will use the following @i{/default} entry
7382@example
7383type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600
7384@end example
7385If you wish to override that, define the @b{$DEFAULTS} environment
7386variable, or modify the script.
7387
7388If you wish to generate Amd maps using the @i{hostd} (@pxref{hostd
7389Selector Variable}) @i{Amd} map syntax, then define the environment
7390variable @b{$DOMAIN} or modify the script.
7391
7392Note that automount2amd does not understand the syntax in newer Sun
7393Automount maps, those used with autofs.
7394
7395@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7396@node ctl-amd, ctl-hlfsd, automount2amd, Assorted Tools
7397@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7398@section ctl-amd
7399@pindex ctl-amd
7400
7401A script to start, stop, or restart @i{Amd}.  Use it as follows:
7402
7403@table @t
7404@item ctl-amd start
7405Start a new @i{Amd} process.
7406@item ctl-amd stop
7407Stop the running @i{Amd}.
7408@item ctl-amd restart
7409Stop the running @i{Amd} (if any), safely wait for it to terminate, and
7410then start a new process --- only if the previous one died cleanly.
7411@end table
7412
7413@xref{Run-time Administration}, for more details.
7414
7415@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7416@node ctl-hlfsd, expn, ctl-amd, Assorted Tools
7417@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7418@section ctl-hlfsd
7419@pindex ctl-hlfsd
7420
7421A script for controlling @i{Hlfsd}, much the same way @file{ctl-amd}
7422controls @i{Amd}.  Use it as follows:
7423
7424@table @t
7425@item ctl-hlfsd start
7426Start a new @i{Hlfsd} process.
7427@item ctl-hlfsd stop
7428Stop the running @i{Hlfsd}.
7429@item ctl-hlfsd restart
7430Stop the running @i{Hlfsd} (if any), wait for 10 seconds for it to
7431terminate, and then start a new process --- only if the previous one
7432died cleanly.
7433@end table
7434
7435@xref{Hlfsd}, for more details.
7436
7437@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7438@node expn, fix-amd-map, ctl-hlfsd, Assorted Tools
7439@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7440@section expn
7441@pindex expn
7442
7443A script to expand email addresses into their full name.  It is
7444generally useful when using with the @file{lostaltmail} script, but is a
7445useful tools otherwise.
7446
7447@example
7448$ expn -v ezk@@cs.columbia.edu
7449ezk@@cs.columbia.edu ->
7450        ezk@@shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu
7451ezk@@shekel.mcl.cs.columbia.edu ->
7452        Erez Zadok <"| /usr/local/mh/lib/slocal -user ezk || exit 75>
7453        Erez Zadok <\ezk>
7454        Erez Zadok </u/zing/ezk/.mailspool/backup>
7455@end example
7456
7457@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7458@node fix-amd-map, fixmount, expn, Assorted Tools
7459@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7460@section fix-amd-map
7461@pindex fix-amd-map
7462
7463Am-utils changed some of the syntax and default values of some
7464variables.  For example, the default value for @samp{$@{os@}} for
7465Solaris 2.x (aka SunOS 5.x) systems used to be @samp{sos5}, it is now
7466more automatically generated from @file{config.guess} and its value is
7467@samp{sunos5}.
7468
7469This script converts older @i{Amd} maps to new ones.  Use it as follows:
7470
7471@example
7472fix-amd-map < @i{old.map} > @i{new.map}
7473@end example
7474
7475@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7476@node fixmount, fixrmtab, fix-amd-map, Assorted Tools
7477@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7478@section fixmount
7479@pindex fixmount
7480
7481@samp{fixmount} is a variant of @b{showmount}(8) that can delete bogus
7482mount entries in remote @b{mountd}(8) daemons.  This is useful to
7483cleanup otherwise ever-accumulating ``junk''.  Use it for example:
7484
7485@example
7486fixmount -r @i{host}
7487@end example
7488
7489See the online manual page for @samp{fixmount} for more details of its
7490usage.
7491
7492@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7493@node fixrmtab, lostaltmail, fixmount, Assorted Tools
7494@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7495@section fixrmtab
7496@pindex fixrmtab
7497
7498A script to invalidate @file{/etc/rmtab} entries for hosts named.  Also
7499restart mountd for changes to take effect.  Use it for example:
7500
7501@example
7502fixrmtab @i{host1} @i{host2} @i{...}
7503@end example
7504
7505@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7506@node lostaltmail, lostaltmail.conf-sample, fixrmtab, Assorted Tools
7507@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7508@section lostaltmail
7509@pindex lostaltmail
7510
7511A script used with @i{Hlfsd} to resend any ``lost'' mail.  @i{Hlfsd}
7512redirects mail which cannot be written into the user's home directory to
7513an alternate directory.  This is useful to continue delivering mail,
7514even if the user's file system was unavailable, full, or over quota.
7515But, the mail which gets delivered to  the alternate directory needs to
7516be resent to its respective users.  This is what the @samp{lostaltmail}
7517script does. 
7518
7519Use it as follows:
7520
7521@example
7522lostaltmail
7523@end example
7524
7525This script needs a configuration file @samp{lostaltmail.conf} set up
7526with the right parameters to properly work.  @xref{Hlfsd}, for more
7527details.
7528
7529@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7530@node lostaltmail.conf-sample, mk-amd-map, lostaltmail, Assorted Tools
7531@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7532@section lostaltmail.conf-sample
7533@pindex lostaltmail.conf-sample
7534@cindex lostaltmail; configuration file
7535
7536This is a text file with configuration parameters needed for the
7537@samp{lostaltmail} script.  The script includes comments explaining each
7538of the configuration variables.  See it for more information.  Also
7539@pxref{Hlfsd} for general information.
7540
7541@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7542@node mk-amd-map, pawd, lostaltmail.conf-sample, Assorted Tools
7543@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7544@section mk-amd-map
7545@pindex mk-amd-map
7546
7547This program converts a normal @i{Amd} map file into an ndbm database
7548with the same prefix as the named file.  Use it as follows:
7549
7550@example
7551mk-amd-map @i{mapname}
7552@end example
7553
7554@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7555@node pawd, redhat-ctl-amd, mk-amd-map, Assorted Tools
7556@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7557@section pawd
7558@pindex pawd
7559
7560@i{Pawd} is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to
7561reflect proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter
7562for the shortest possible path.  In particular, the path printed back
7563does not include any of @i{Amd}'s local mount points.  Using them is
7564unsafe, because @i{Amd} may unmount managed file systems from the mount
7565points, and thus including them in paths may not always find the files
7566within.
7567
7568Without any arguments, @i{Pawd} will print the automounter adjusted
7569current working directory.  With any number of arguments, it will print
7570the adjusted path of each one of the arguments.
7571
7572@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7573@node redhat-ctl-amd, wait4amd, pawd, Assorted Tools
7574@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7575@section redhat-ctl-amd
7576@pindex redhat-ctl-amd
7577
7578This script is similar to @i{ctl-amd} (@pxref{ctl-amd}) but is intended
7579for Red Hat Linux systems.  You can safely copy @i{redhat-ctl-amd} onto
7580@file{/etc/rc.d/init.d/amd}.  The script supplied by @i{Am-utils} is
7581usually better than the one provided by Red Hat, because the Red Hat
7582script does not correctly kill @i{Amd} processes: it is too quick to
7583kill the wrong processes, leaving stale or hung mount points behind.
7584
7585@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7586@node wait4amd, wait4amd2die, redhat-ctl-amd, Assorted Tools
7587@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7588@section wait4amd
7589@pindex wait4amd
7590
7591A script to wait for @i{Amd} to start on a particular host before
7592performing an arbitrary command.  The command is executed repeatedly,
7593with 1 second intervals in between.  You may interrupt the script using
7594@samp{^C} (or whatever keyboard sequence your terminal's @samp{intr} function
7595is bound to).
7596
7597Examples:
7598
7599@table @t
7600@item wait4amd saturn amq -p -h saturn
7601When @i{Amd} is up on host @samp{saturn}, get the process ID of that
7602running @i{Amd}.
7603@item wait4amd pluto rlogin pluto
7604Remote login to host @samp{pluto} when @i{Amd} is up on that host.  It
7605is generally necessary to wait for @i{Amd} to properly start and
7606initialize on a remote host before logging in to it, because otherwise
7607user home directories may not be accessible across the network.
7608@item wait4amd pluto
7609A short-hand version of the previous command, since the most useful
7610reason for this script is to login to a remote host.  I use it very
7611often when testing out new versions of @i{Amd}, and need to reboot hung
7612hosts.
7613@end table
7614
7615@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7616@node wait4amd2die, wire-test, wait4amd, Assorted Tools
7617@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7618@section wait4amd2die
7619@pindex wait4amd2die
7620
7621This script is used internally by @samp{ctl-amd} when used to restart
7622@i{Amd}.  It waits for @i{Amd} to terminate.  If it detected that
7623@i{Amd} terminated cleanly, this script will return an exist status of
7624zero.  Otherwise, it will return a non-zero exit status.
7625
7626The script tests for @i{Amd}'s existence once every 5 seconds, six
7627times, for a total of 30 seconds.  It will return a zero exist status as
7628soon as it detects that @i{Amd} dies.
7629
7630@c ----------------------------------------------------------------
7631@node wire-test, , wait4amd2die, Assorted Tools
7632@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7633@section wire-test
7634@pindex wire-test
7635
7636A simple program to test if some of the most basic networking functions
7637in am-util's library @file{libamu} work.  It also tests the combination
7638of NFS protocol and version number that are supported from the current
7639host, to a remote one.
7640
7641For example, in this test a machine which only supports NFS Version 2 is
7642contacting a remote host that can support the same version, but using
7643both UDP and TCP.  If no host name is specified, @samp{wire-test} will
7644try @file{localhost}.
7645
7646@example
7647$ wire-test moisil
7648Network name is "mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu"
7649Network number is "128.59.13"
7650Network name is "old-net.cs.columbia.edu"
7651Network number is "128.59.16"
7652My IP address is 0x7f000001.
7653NFS Version and protocol tests to host "moisil"...
7654        testing vers=2, proto="udp" -> found version 2.
7655        testing vers=3, proto="udp" -> failed!
7656        testing vers=2, proto="tcp" -> found version 2.
7657        testing vers=3, proto="tcp" -> failed!
7658@end example
7659
7660@c ################################################################
7661@node Examples, Internals, Assorted Tools, Top
7662@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7663@chapter Examples
7664
7665@menu
7666* User Filesystems::
7667* Home Directories::
7668* Architecture Sharing::
7669* Wildcard Names::
7670* rwho servers::
7671* /vol::
7672* /defaults with selectors::
7673* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment::
7674
7675@end menu
7676
7677@node User Filesystems, Home Directories, Examples, Examples
7678@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7679@section User Filesystems
7680@cindex User filesystems
7681@cindex Mounting user filesystems
7682
7683With more than one fileserver, the directories most frequently
7684cross-mounted are those containing user home directories.  A common
7685convention used at Imperial College is to mount the user disks under
7686@t{/home/}@i{machine}.
7687
7688Typically, the @samp{/etc/fstab} file contained a long list of entries
7689such as:
7690
7691@example
7692@i{machine}:/home/@i{machine} /home/@i{machine} nfs ...
7693@end example
7694
7695for each fileserver on the network.
7696
7697There are numerous problems with this system.  The mount list can become
7698quite large and some of the machines may be down when a system is
7699booted.  When a new fileserver is installed, @samp{/etc/fstab} must be
7700updated on every machine, the mount directory created and the filesystem
7701mounted.
7702
7703In many environments most people use the same few workstations, but
7704it is convenient to go to a colleague's machine and access your own
7705files.  When a server goes down, it can cause a process on a client
7706machine to hang.  By minimizing the mounted filesystems to only include
7707those actively being used, there is less chance that a filesystem will
7708be mounted when a server goes down.
7709
7710The following is a short extract from a map taken from a research fileserver
7711at Imperial College.
7712
7713Note the entry for @samp{localhost} which is used for users such as
7714the operator (@samp{opr}) who have a home directory on most machine as
7715@samp{/home/localhost/opr}.
7716
7717@example
7718/defaults       opts:=rw,intr,grpid,nosuid
7719charm           host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7720                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g
7721#
7722...
7723
7724#
7725localhost       type:=link;fs:=$@{host@}
7726...
7727#
7728# dylan has two user disks so have a
7729# top directory in which to mount them.
7730#
7731dylan           type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7732#
7733dylan/dk2       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7734                host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
7735#
7736dylan/dk5       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7737                host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
7738...
7739#
7740toytown         host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7741                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xy1g
7742...
7743#
7744zebedee         host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \
7745                host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/1s0
7746#
7747# Just for access...
7748#
7749gould           type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7750gould/staff     host!=gould;type:=nfs;rhost:=gould;rfs:=/home/$@{key@}
7751#
7752gummo           host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@}
7753...
7754@end example
7755
7756This map is shared by most of the machines listed so on those
7757systems any of the user disks is accessible via a consistent name.
7758@i{Amd} is started with the following command
7759
7760@example
7761amd /home amd.home
7762@end example
7763
7764Note that when mounting a remote filesystem, the @dfn{automounted}
7765mount point is referenced, so that the filesystem will be mounted if
7766it is not yet (at the time the remote @samp{mountd} obtains the file handle).
7767
7768@node Home Directories, Architecture Sharing, User Filesystems, Examples
7769@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7770@section Home Directories
7771@cindex Home directories
7772@cindex Example of mounting home directories
7773@cindex Mount home directories
7774
7775One convention for home directories is to locate them in @samp{/homes}
7776so user @samp{jsp}'s home directory is @samp{/homes/jsp}.  With more
7777than a single fileserver it is convenient to spread user files across
7778several machines.  All that is required is a mount-map which converts
7779login names to an automounted directory.
7780
7781Such a map might be started by the command:
7782
7783@example
7784amd /homes amd.homes
7785@end example
7786
7787where the map @samp{amd.homes} contained the entries:
7788
7789@example
7790/defaults   type:=link   # All the entries are of type:=link
7791jsp         fs:=/home/charm/jsp
7792njw         fs:=/home/dylan/dk5/njw
7793...
7794phjk        fs:=/home/toytown/ai/phjk
7795sjv         fs:=/home/ganymede/sjv
7796@end example
7797
7798Whenever a login name is accessed in @samp{/homes} a symbolic link
7799appears pointing to the real location of that user's home directory.  In
7800this example, @samp{/homes/jsp} would appear to be a symbolic link
7801pointing to @samp{/home/charm/jsp}.  Of course, @samp{/home} would also
7802be an automount point.
7803
7804This system causes an extra level of symbolic links to be used.
7805Although that turns out to be relatively inexpensive, an alternative is
7806to directly mount the required filesystems in the @samp{/homes}
7807map.  The required map is simple, but long, and its creation is best automated.
7808The entry for @samp{jsp} could be:
7809
7810@example
7811jsp   -sublink:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/charm \
7812               host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g \
7813               host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm
7814@end example
7815
7816This map can become quite big if it contains a large number of entries.
7817By combining two other features of @i{Amd} it can be greatly simplified.
7818
7819First the UFS partitions should be mounted under the control of
7820@samp{/etc/fstab}, taking care that they are mounted in the same place
7821that @i{Amd} would have automounted them.  In most cases this would be
7822something like @samp{/a/@dfn{host}/home/@dfn{host}} and
7823@samp{/etc/fstab} on host @samp{charm} would have a line:@refill
7824
7825@example
7826/dev/xy0g /a/charm/home/charm 4.2 rw,nosuid,grpid 1 5
7827@end example
7828
7829The map can then be changed to:
7830
7831@example
7832/defaults    type:=nfs;sublink:=$@{key@};opts:=rw,intr,nosuid,grpid
7833jsp          rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm
7834njw          rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan/dk5
7835...
7836phjk         rhost:=toytown;rfs:=/home/toytown;sublink:=ai/$@{key@}
7837sjv          rhost:=ganymede;rfs:=/home/ganymede
7838@end example
7839
7840This map operates as usual on a remote machine (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}}
7841not equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}).  On the machine where the filesystem is
7842stored (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}} equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}), @i{Amd}
7843will construct a local filesystem mount point which corresponds to the
7844name of the locally mounted UFS partition.  If @i{Amd} is started with
7845the @code{-r} option then instead of attempting an NFS mount, @i{Amd} will
7846simply inherit the UFS mount (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}).  If
7847@code{-r} is not used then a loopback NFS mount will be made.  This type of
7848mount is known to cause a deadlock on many systems.
7849
7850@node Architecture Sharing, Wildcard Names, Home Directories, Examples
7851@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7852@section Architecture Sharing
7853@cindex Architecture sharing
7854@cindex Sharing a fileserver between architectures
7855@cindex Architecture dependent volumes
7856
7857@c %At the moment some of the research machines have sets of software
7858@c %mounted in @samp{/vol}.  This contains subdirectories for \TeX,
7859@c %system sources, local sources, prolog libraries and so on.
7860Often a filesystem will be shared by machines of different architectures.
7861Separate trees can be maintained for the executable images for each
7862architecture, but it may be more convenient to have a shared tree,
7863with distinct subdirectories.
7864
7865A shared tree might have the following structure on the fileserver (called
7866@samp{fserver} in the example):
7867
7868@example
7869local/tex
7870local/tex/fonts
7871local/tex/lib
7872local/tex/bin
7873local/tex/bin/sun3
7874local/tex/bin/sun4
7875local/tex/bin/hp9000
7876...
7877@end example
7878
7879In this example, the subdirectories of @samp{local/tex/bin} should be
7880hidden when accessed via the automount point (conventionally @samp{/vol}).
7881A mount-map for @samp{/vol} to achieve this would look like:
7882
7883@example
7884/defaults   sublink:=$@{/key@};rhost:=fserver;type:=link
7885tex         type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/
7886tex/fonts   host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7887            host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7888tex/lib     host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7889            host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7890tex/bin     -sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} \
7891            host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
7892            host:=fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
7893@end example
7894
7895When @samp{/vol/tex/bin} is referenced, the current machine architecture
7896is automatically appended to the path by the @code{$@{sublink@}}
7897variable.  This means that users can have @samp{/vol/tex/bin} in their
7898@samp{PATH} without concern for architecture dependencies.
7899
7900@node Wildcard Names, rwho servers, Architecture Sharing, Examples
7901@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7902@section Wildcard Names & Replicated Servers
7903
7904By using the wildcard facility, @i{Amd} can @dfn{overlay} an existing
7905directory with additional entries.
7906The system files are usually mounted under @samp{/usr}.  If instead,
7907@i{Amd} is mounted on @samp{/usr}, additional
7908names can be overlayed to augment or replace names in the ``master'' @samp{/usr}.
7909A map to do this would have the form:
7910
7911@example
7912local  type:=auto;fs:=local-map
7913share  type:=auto;fs:=share-map
7914*      -type:=nfs;rfs:=/export/exec/$@{arch@};sublink:="$@{key@}" \
7915        rhost:=fserv1  rhost:=fserv2  rhost:=fserv3
7916@end example
7917
7918Note that the assignment to @code{$@{sublink@}} is surrounded by double
7919quotes to prevent the incoming key from causing the map to be
7920misinterpreted.  This map has the effect of directing any access to
7921@samp{/usr/local} or @samp{/usr/share} to another automount point.
7922
7923In this example, it is assumed that the @samp{/usr} files are replicated
7924on three fileservers: @samp{fserv1}, @samp{fserv2} and @samp{fserv3}.
7925For any references other than to @samp{local} and @samp{share} one of
7926the servers is used and a symbolic link to
7927@t{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/export/exec/$@{arch@}/@i{whatever}} is
7928returned once an appropriate filesystem has been mounted.@refill
7929
7930@node rwho servers, /vol, Wildcard Names, Examples
7931@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7932@section @samp{rwho} servers
7933@cindex rwho servers
7934@cindex Architecture specific mounts
7935@cindex Example of architecture specific mounts
7936
7937The @samp{/usr/spool/rwho} directory is a good candidate for automounting.
7938For efficiency reasons it is best to capture the rwho data on a small
7939number of machines and then mount that information onto a large number
7940of clients.  The data written into the rwho files is byte order dependent
7941so only servers with the correct byte ordering can be used by a client:
7942
7943@example
7944/defaults         type:=nfs
7945usr/spool/rwho    -byte==little;rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
7946                      rhost:=vaxA  rhost:=vaxB \
7947                  || -rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
7948                      rhost:=sun4  rhost:=hp300
7949@end example
7950
7951@node /vol, /defaults with selectors, rwho servers, Examples
7952@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
7953@section @samp{/vol}
7954@cindex /vol
7955@cindex Catch-all mount point
7956@cindex Generic volume name
7957
7958@samp{/vol} is used as a catch-all for volumes which do not have other
7959conventional names.
7960
7961Below is part of the @samp{/vol} map for the domain @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}.
7962The @samp{r+d} tree is used for new or experimental software that needs
7963to be available everywhere without installing it on all the fileservers.
7964Users wishing to try out the new software then simply include
7965@samp{/vol/r+d/@{bin,ucb@}} in their path.@refill
7966
7967The main tree resides on one host @samp{gould.doc.ic.ac.uk}, which has
7968different @samp{bin}, @samp{etc}, @samp{lib} and @samp{ucb}
7969sub-directories for each machine architecture.  For example,
7970@samp{/vol/r+d/bin} for a Sun-4 would be stored in the sub-directory
7971@samp{bin/sun4} of the filesystem @samp{/usr/r+d}.  When it was accessed
7972a symbolic link pointing to @samp{/a/gould/usr/r+d/bin/sun4} would be
7973returned.@refill
7974
7975@example
7976/defaults    type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,intr,soft
7977wp           -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
7978             host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/local/wp \
7979             host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/wp
7980...
7981#
7982src          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
7983             host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/src \
7984             host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/src
7985#
7986r+d          type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=r+d/
7987# per architecture bin,etc,lib&ucb...
7988r+d/bin      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7989r+d/etc      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7990r+d/include  rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7991r+d/lib      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7992r+d/man      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7993r+d/src      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}
7994r+d/ucb      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@}
7995# hades pictures
7996pictures     -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
7997             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/pictures \
7998             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=pictures
7999# hades tools
8000hades        -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
8001             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/hades \
8002             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=hades
8003# bsd tools for hp.
8004bsd          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;arch==hp9000;rhost:=thpfs \
8005             host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/bsd \
8006             host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=bsd
8007@end example
8008
8009@node /defaults with selectors, /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, /vol, Examples
8010@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8011@section @samp{/defaults} with selectors
8012@cindex /defaults with selectors
8013@cindex selectors on default
8014
8015It is sometimes useful to have different defaults for a given map.  To
8016achieve this, the @samp{/defaults} entry must be able to process normal
8017selectors.  This feature is turned on by setting
8018@samp{selectors_in_defaults = yes} in the @file{amd.conf} file.
8019@xref{selectors_in_defaults Parameter}.
8020
8021In this example, I set different default NFS mount options for hosts
8022which are running over a slower network link.  By setting a smaller size
8023for the NFS read and write buffer sizes, you can greatly improve remote
8024file service performance.
8025
8026@example
8027/defaults \
8028  wire==slip-net;opts:=rw,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,timeo=20,retrans=10 \
8029  wire!=slip-net;opts:=rw,intr
8030@end example
8031
8032@node /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, , /defaults with selectors, Examples
8033@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8034@section @samp{/tftpboot} in a chroot-ed environment
8035@cindex /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment
8036@cindex chroot; /tftpboot example
8037
8038In this complex example, we attempt to run an @i{Amd} process
8039@emph{inside} a chroot-ed environment.  @samp{tftpd} (Trivial FTP) is
8040used to trivially retrieve files used to boot X-Terminals, Network
8041Printers, Network routers, diskless workstations, and other such
8042devices.  For security reasons, @samp{tftpd} (and also @samp{ftpd})
8043processes are run using the @b{chroot}(2) system call.  This provides an
8044environment for these processes, where access to any files outside the
8045directory where the chroot-ed process runs is denied.
8046
8047For example, if you start @samp{tftpd} on your system with
8048
8049@example
8050chroot /tftpboot /usr/sbin/tftpd
8051@end example
8052
8053@noindent
8054then the @samp{tftpd} process will not be able to access any files
8055outside @file{/tftpboot}.  This ensures that no one can retrieve files
8056such as @file{/etc/passwd} and run password crackers on it.
8057
8058Since the TFTP service works by broadcast, it is necessary to have at
8059least one TFTP server running on each subnet.  If you have lots of files
8060that you need to make available for @samp{tftp}, and many subnets, it
8061could take significant amounts of disk space on each host serving them.
8062
8063A solution we implemented at Columbia University was to have every host
8064run @samp{tftpd}, but have those servers retrieve the boot files from
8065two replicated servers.  Those replicated servers have special
8066partitions dedicated to the many network boot files.
8067
8068We start @i{Amd} as follows:
8069
8070@example
8071amd /tftpboot/.amd amd.tftpboot
8072@end example
8073
8074That is, @i{Amd} is serving the directory @file{/tftpboot/.amd}.  The
8075@samp{tftp} server runs inside @file{/tftpboot} and is chroot-ed in that
8076directory too.  The @file{amd.tftpboot} map looks like:
8077
8078@example
8079#
8080# Amd /tftpboot directory -> host map
8081#
8082
8083/defaults  opts:=nosuid,ro,intr,soft;fs:=/tftpboot/import;type:=nfs
8084
8085tp         host==lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
8086           host==ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
8087           rhost:=ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot \
8088           rhost:=lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot
8089@end example
8090
8091To help understand this example, I list a few of the file entries that
8092are created inside @file{/tftpboot}:
8093
8094@example
8095$ ls -la /tftpboot
8096dr-xr-xr-x   2 root   512 Aug 30 23:11 .amd
8097drwxrwsr-x  12 root   512 Aug 30 08:00 import
8098lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    33 Feb 27  1997 adminpr.cfg -> ./.amd/tp/hplj/adminpr.cfg
8099lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    22 Dec  5  1996 tekxp -> ./.amd/tp/xterms/tekxp
8100lrwxrwxrwx   1 root     1 Dec  5  1996 tftpboot -> .
8101@end example
8102
8103Here is an explanation of each of the entries listed above:
8104
8105@table @code
8106
8107@item .amd
8108This is the @i{Amd} mount point.  Note that you do not need to run a
8109separate @i{Amd} process for the TFTP service.  The @b{chroot}(2) system
8110call only protects against file access, but the same process can still
8111serve files and directories inside and outside the chroot-ed
8112environment, because @i{Amd} itself was not run in chroot-ed mode.
8113
8114@item import
8115This is the mount point where @i{Amd} will mount the directories
8116containing the boot files.  The map is designed so that remote
8117directories will be NFS mounted (even if they are already mounted
8118elsewhere), and local directories are loopback mounted (since they are
8119not accessible outside the chroot-ed @file{/tftpboot} directory).
8120
8121@item adminpr.cfg
8122@itemx tekxp
8123Two manually created symbolic links to directories @emph{inside} the
8124@i{Amd}-managed directory.  The crossing of the component @file{tp} will
8125cause @i{Amd} to automount one of the remote replicas.  Once crossed,
8126access to files inside proceeds as usual.  The @samp{adminpr.cfg} is a
8127configuration file for an HP Laser-Jet 4si printer, and the @samp{tekxp}
8128is a directory for Tektronix X-Terminal boot files.
8129
8130@item tftpboot
8131This innocent looking symlink is important.  Usually, when devices boot
8132via the TFTP service, they perform the @samp{get file} command to
8133retrieve @var{file}.  However, some devices assume that @samp{tftpd}
8134does not run in a chroot-ed environment, but rather ``unprotected'', and
8135thus use a full pathname for files to retrieve, as in @samp{get
8136/tftpboot/file}.  This symlink effectively strips out the leading
8137@file{/tftpboot/}.
8138
8139@end table
8140
8141@c ################################################################
8142@node Internals, Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Examples, Top
8143@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8144@chapter Internals
8145
8146Note that there are more error and logging messages possible than are
8147listed here.  Most of them are self-explanatory.  Refer to the program
8148sources for more details on the rest.
8149
8150@menu
8151* Log Messages::
8152@end menu
8153
8154@node Log Messages, , Internals, Internals
8155@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8156@section Log Messages
8157
8158In the following sections a brief explanation is given of some of the
8159log messages made by @i{Amd}.  Where the message is in @samp{typewriter}
8160font, it corresponds exactly to the message produced by @i{Amd}.  Words
8161in @dfn{italic} are replaced by an appropriate string.  Variables,
8162@code{$@{@i{var}@}}, indicate that the value of the appropriate variable is
8163output.
8164
8165Log messages are either sent directly to a file,
8166or logged via the @b{syslog}(3) mechanism.  @xref{log_file Parameter}.
8167In either case, entries in the file are of the form:
8168@example
8169@i{date-string}  @i{hostname} @t{amd[}@i{pid}@t{]}  @i{message}
8170@end example
8171
8172@menu
8173* Fatal errors::
8174* Info messages::
8175@end menu
8176
8177@node Fatal errors, Info messages, Log Messages, Log Messages
8178@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8179@subsection Fatal errors
8180
8181@i{Amd} attempts to deal with unusual events.  Whenever it is not
8182possible to deal with such an error, @i{Amd} will log an appropriate
8183message and, if it cannot possibly continue, will either exit or abort.
8184These messages are selected by @samp{-x fatal} on the command line.
8185When @b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level
8186@samp{LOG_FATAL}.  Even if @i{Amd} continues to operate it is likely to
8187remain in a precarious state and should be restarted at the earliest
8188opportunity.
8189
8190@table @t
8191
8192@item Attempting to inherit not-a-filesystem
8193The prototype mount point created during a filesystem restart did not
8194contain a reference to the restarted filesystem.  This error ``should
8195never happen''.
8196
8197@item Can't bind to domain "@i{NIS-domain}"
8198A specific NIS domain was requested on the command line, but no server
8199for that domain is available on the local net.
8200
8201@item Can't determine IP address of this host (@i{hostname})
8202When @i{Amd} starts it determines its own IP address.  If this lookup
8203fails then @i{Amd} cannot continue.  The hostname it looks up is that
8204obtained returned by @b{gethostname}(2) system call.
8205
8206@item Can't find root file handle for @i{automount point}
8207@i{Amd} creates its own file handles for the automount points.  When it
8208mounts itself as a server, it must pass these file handles to the local
8209kernel.  If the filehandle is not obtainable the mount point is ignored.
8210This error ``should never happen''.
8211
8212@item Must be root to mount filesystems (euid = @i{euid})
8213To prevent embarrassment, @i{Amd} makes sure it has appropriate system
8214privileges.  This amounts to having an euid of 0.  The check is made
8215after argument processing complete to give non-root users a chance to
8216access the @code{-v} option.
8217
8218@item No work to do - quitting
8219No automount points were given on the command line and so there is no
8220work to do.
8221
8222@item Out of memory
8223While attempting to malloc some memory, the memory space available to
8224@i{Amd} was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
8225
8226@item Out of memory in realloc
8227While attempting to realloc some memory, the memory space available to
8228@i{Amd} was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
8229
8230@item cannot create rpc/udp service
8231Either the NFS or AMQ endpoint could not be created.
8232
8233@item gethostname: @i{description}
8234The @b{gethostname}(2) system call failed during startup.
8235
8236@item host name is not set
8237The @b{gethostname}(2) system call returned a zero length host name.
8238This can happen if @i{Amd} is started in single user mode just after
8239booting the system.
8240
8241@item ifs_match called!
8242An internal error occurred while restarting a pre-mounted filesystem.
8243This error ``should never happen''.
8244
8245@item mount_afs: @i{description}
8246An error occurred while @i{Amd} was mounting itself.
8247
8248@item run_rpc failed
8249Somehow the main NFS server loop failed.  This error ``should never
8250happen''.
8251
8252@item unable to free rpc arguments in amqprog_1
8253The incoming arguments to the AMQ server could not be free'ed.
8254
8255@item unable to free rpc arguments in nfs_program_1
8256The incoming arguments to the NFS server could not be free'ed.
8257
8258@item unable to register (AMQ_PROGRAM, AMQ_VERSION, udp)
8259The AMQ server could not be registered with the local portmapper or the
8260internal RPC dispatcher.
8261
8262@item unable to register (NFS_PROGRAM, NFS_VERSION, 0)
8263The NFS server could not be registered with the internal RPC dispatcher.
8264
8265@end table
8266
8267XXX: This section needs to be updated
8268
8269@node Info messages, , Fatal errors, Log Messages
8270@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8271@subsection Info messages
8272
8273@i{Amd} generates information messages to record state changes.  These
8274messages are selected by @samp{-x info} on the command line.  When
8275@b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level @samp{LOG_INFO}.
8276
8277The messages listed below can be generated and are in a format suitable
8278for simple statistical analysis.  @dfn{mount-info} is the string
8279that is displayed by @dfn{Amq} in its mount information column and
8280placed in the system mount table.
8281
8282@table @t
8283
8284@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" forcibly timed out
8285An automount point has been timed out by the @i{Amq} command.
8286
8287@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" has timed out
8288No access to the automount point has been made within the timeout
8289period.
8290
8291@item Filehandle denied for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}"
8292The mount daemon refused to return a file handle for the requested filesystem.
8293
8294@item Filehandle error for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}": @i{description}
8295The mount daemon gave some other error for the requested filesystem.
8296
8297@item Finishing with status @i{exit-status}
8298@i{Amd} is about to exit with the given exit status. 
8299
8300@item Re-synchronizing cache for map @t{$@{@i{map}@}}
8301The named map has been modified and the internal cache is being re-synchronized.
8302
8303@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} is down - timeout of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" ignored
8304An automount point has timed out, but the corresponding file server is
8305known to be down.  This message is only produced once for each mount
8306point for which the server is down.
8307
8308@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is down
8309An NFS file server that was previously up is now down.
8310
8311@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is up
8312An NFS file server that was previously down is now up.
8313
8314@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts down
8315A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be down.
8316
8317@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts up
8318A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be up.
8319
8320@item mount of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} timed out
8321Attempts to mount a filesystem for the given automount point have failed
8322to complete within 30 seconds.
8323
8324@item @i{mount-info} mounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
8325A new file system has been mounted.
8326
8327@item @i{mount-info} restarted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
8328@i{Amd} is using a pre-mounted filesystem to satisfy a mount request.
8329
8330@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
8331A file system has been unmounted.
8332
8333@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} link @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}/@t{$@{@i{sublink}@}}
8334A file system of which only a sub-directory was in use has been unmounted.
8335
8336@item restarting @i{mount-info} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}
8337A pre-mounted file system has been noted.
8338
8339@end table
8340
8341XXX: This section needs to be updated
8342
8343@c ################################################################
8344@node Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Index, Internals, Top
8345@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8346@unnumbered Acknowledgments & Trademarks
8347
8348Many thanks to the @email{am-utils@@am-utils.org,Am-Utils Users}
8349mailing list through the months developing am-utils.  These members
8350have contributed to the discussions, ideas, code and documentation,
8351and subjected their systems to alpha quality code.  Special thanks go
8352to those @uref{http://www.am-utils.org/AUTHORS.txt,authors} who have
8353submitted patches, and especially to the maintainers:
8354
8355@itemize @bullet
8356@item @email{ezk@@cs.sunysb.edu,Erez Zadok}
8357@item @email{ib42@@cs.columbia.edu,Ion Badulescu}
8358@item @email{ro@@techfak.uni-bielefeld.de,Rainer Orth}
8359@item @email{nick.williams@@morganstanley.com,Nick Williams}
8360@end itemize
8361
8362Thanks to the Formal Methods Group at Imperial College for suffering
8363patiently while @i{Amd} was being developed on their machines.
8364
8365Thanks to the many people who have helped with the development of
8366@i{Amd}, especially Piete Brooks at the Cambridge University Computing
8367Lab for many hours of testing, experimentation and discussion.
8368
8369Thanks to the older @email{amd-workers@@majordomo.glue.umd.edu,Amd
8370Workers} mailing list (now defunct) members for many suggestions and
8371bug reports to @i{Amd}.
8372
8373@itemize @bullet
8374@item
8375@b{DEC}, @b{VAX} and @b{Ultrix} are registered trademarks of Digital
8376Equipment Corporation.
8377@item
8378@b{AIX} and @b{IBM} are registered trademarks of International Business
8379Machines Corporation.
8380@item
8381@b{Sun}, @b{NFS} and @b{SunOS} are registered trademarks of Sun
8382Microsystems, Inc.
8383@item
8384@b{UNIX} is a registered trademark in the USA and other countries,
8385exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.
8386@item
8387All other registered trademarks are owned by their respective owners.
8388@end itemize
8389
8390@c ################################################################
8391@node Index, , Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Top
8392@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
8393@unnumbered Index
8394
8395@printindex cp
8396
8397@contents
8398@bye
8399
8400@c ====================================================================
8401@c ISPELL LOCAL WORDS:
8402@c LocalWords:  setfilename amdref overfullrule settitle titlepage titlefont nz
8403@c LocalWords:  authorfont vskip ifinfo iftex cindex unnumberedsec dfn xref vol
8404@c LocalWords:  locationN pxref jpo nott concentrix Sjoerd sjoerd cwi Eitan vuw
8405@c LocalWords:  Mizrotsky eitan shumuji dgux fpx scp hcx metcalf masala hlh OTS
8406@c LocalWords:  Presnell srp cgl Trost trost ogi pyrOSx OSx tubsibr riscix iX
8407@c LocalWords:  Piete pb Lindblad cjl ai umax utek xinu Mitchum D'Souza dsouza
8408@c LocalWords:  mrc apu alliant aviion AViiON fps macII multimax tahoe vax emph
8409@c LocalWords:  mapdefault valA valB valC YPTSDIR ETCDIR substr MAKEDBM YPDBDIR
8410@c LocalWords:  NOPUSH njw dylan dk dylan njw anydir domN achilles mjh pref sel
8411@c LocalWords:  gdef loc loc loc ldots autodir remopts rwho rwho styx styx yoyo
8412@c LocalWords:  noindent gould rvdmount rvdunmount fserver mtmp unioned logfile
8413@c LocalWords:  dmn esac phjk toytown toytown toytown toytown phjk RdDir RdLnk
8414@c LocalWords:  volname attrs netif dougal inaddr hwaddr ec mountmaps passno xy
8415@c LocalWords:  freq dumpset hfs brian florence localinfo fstabs automaps defn
8416@c LocalWords:  localname fsck'd opr gummo sjv ganymede sjv fserv fserv fserv
8417@c LocalWords:  vaxA vaxB wp thpfs nbsd asis ifs amqprog free'ed printindex gov
8418@c LocalWords:  LocalWords syncodeindex Distrib bsdnet lanl AutoMounter acis ic
8419@c LocalWords:  ac uk aix bsd Mullender nl il DG lcs hpux irix ucsf NeXT cse cl
8420@c LocalWords:  mt FX hp ibm mips utils def def Domainname eg hostd getwd tmp
8421@c LocalWords:  subsubsection rw grpid intr noconn nocto nodevs nosuid retrans
8422@c LocalWords:  rsize tcp timeo nounmount utimeout DDEBUG nodaemon fd hostnames
8423@c LocalWords:  pid Amd's pendry vangogh nfsx backoff stats nomap nostats CRIT
8424@c LocalWords:  noinfo clustername RVD dsk dsk amq hostports osver statfs str
8425@c LocalWords:  ou counter's amdmaps proj src tftpboot sh mv cd sbin ypcat inet
8426@c LocalWords:  Getattr getattr localhost fhandles netmask fstype noquota addr
8427@c LocalWords:  exportfs Dumpsets dumpsets pindex ldif fixmount fixrmtab euid
8428@c LocalWords:  lostaltmail realloc netnumber itemx primnetnum primnetname ARG
8429@c LocalWords:  subsnetname subsnetnum netgrp netgroup multitable Shlib dec osf
8430@c LocalWords:  hppa pc bsdi freebsd netbsd openbsd ncr sysv rs acdirmax fsid
8431@c LocalWords:  acdirmin acregmax acregmin actimeo dumbtimr nfsv noac noauto sd
8432@c LocalWords:  nocache nodev noint nosub pgthresh posix rdonly suid symttl mfs
8433@c LocalWords:  AMFS umapfs myftpdir unionfs es mapname mapfile mapfile slocal
8434@c LocalWords:  mailspool saturn saturn notknown lol ober dr xr xr drwxrwsr cfg
8435@c LocalWords:  lrwxrwxrwx adminpr hplj adminpr cfg tekxp xterms tekxp Dupuy tp
8436@c LocalWords:  linkname hlfsddump dirname rmtab pluto rlogin direntry pg vr dn
8437@c LocalWords:  maxmem hlfsdir xmailbox showmount cn amdmap amdmapName resvport
8438@c LocalWords:  objectClass amdmapKey amdmapValue ln powerpc amdmapTimestamp ez
8439@c LocalWords:  moisil FSinfo Libtool Unmounting sublink fileservers NullProc
8440@c LocalWords:  gethostname mount's unmounts linkx remounts unmounting UAs SA's
8441@c LocalWords:  mountpoint mountpoints unescaped UIDs util's overlayed uref EFS
8442@c LocalWords:  serv maxgroups nfsl cachedir copt cfsadmin efs addopts fg ROMs
8443@c LocalWords:  nointr extatt setchapternewpage columnfractions alphaev gnulibc
8444@c LocalWords:  freebsdelf gnuoldld ifhtml defperm nodefperm norrip RRIP rrip
8445@c LocalWords:  noversion attr XXXXXX netgrpd rh mkstemp uid gid noexec mntfs
8446@c LocalWords:  nomnttab optionstr hrtime xdrtrace getpwd proplist redhat ctl
8447